The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutContract 38666CITY SECRETARY I D.0.E. FILE - CONTRACTOR'S so,~ .. i'NJ" CONSTRUCTION'S COPY CLIENT DEPART ME NT SPECIFICATIONS NTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" AT FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS DOE Number: 6078 Department of Aviation FAC No. PE40 541200 0551101 . Mike Moncrief Mayor Tom Higgins Assistant City Manager 06 -02-09 P02:28 IN Dale A. Fissel er, P .E. City Manager Kent Penney Airport Systems Director OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: "Approved on 4/7/2009 -Ord. No.18544-04-2009 DATE: Tuesday , April 07 , 2009 REFERENCE NO.: C-23432 LOG NAME: 55FTW TXWYC 9S SUBJECT: Authorize Contract with McClendon Construction Company , Inc., in the Amount of $213 ,648.00 for Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council : 1. Authorize the use of revenue derived from gas well drilling on City-owned airports in an amount not to exceed $213 ,648 .00 for apron pavement improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport; 2. Adopt attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations by $213 ,648.00 in the Airport Gas Lease Project Fund ; and 3. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with McClendon Construction Company , Inc., in the amount of $213 ,648 .00 for apron pavement improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport . DISCUSSION: Aviation staff has identified an area of airport apron at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport (the Airport) that requires extension to facilitate tenant activity at the Airport . The area is located next to Taxiway C off Runway 9/27 . The approximate dimensions of the project are identified in the attached Exhibit 'A.' The Department of Aviation recommends that the City Council authorize execution of a contract with Mcclendon Construction Company , Inc ., to complete this improvement. The invitation to bid consisted of detailed specifications describing the project, and required experience necessary to successfully perform the job. Staff certifies the recommended vendor is qualified and the price is fair and reasonable . BID ADVERTISEMENT -The bid was advertised in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram on November 13 , 2008 , and November 20 , 2008 . Five responses were received. BID TABULATION -See Attached Bid Tabulation. M/WBE -McClendon Construction Company , Inc ., is in compliance with the City's MWBE ordinance by committing to 43 percent MWBE participation on this project. The City's MWBE goal on this project is 14 percent. This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2 . Logname: 55FTW TXWYC 9S Page 1 of2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" AT FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS DOE Number: 6078 Department of Aviation FAC No. PE40 541200 0551101 Mike Moncrief Mayor Tom Higgins Assistant City Manager Prepared by Dale A. Fissel er, P .E. City Manager Kent Penney Airport Systems Director Transportation and Public Works Department City of Fort Worth City of Fort Worth Department of Aviation Meacham International Airport Fort Worth, Texas DOE Project No. 6978 Aviation Department FAC No. PE40 541200 0551101 ISSUED FOR BID November 13, 2008 Contract Documents Plans/Cross Sections Soil Borings Prepared by Transportation and Public Works Department City of Fort Worth, Texas INDEX OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS PART A 1. Notice of Bidders 2. Comprehensive Notice to Bidders 3. Special Instruction to Bidders 4. Buy American-Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts 5. Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement 6. Vendors Compliance to State Law PARTB 7. City of Fort Worth M/WBE Specifications (ALTERNATE "A") 8. City of Fort Worth M/WBE Specifications (ALTERNATE "B") 9. Bid Proposal (Base Bid, Alternate "A" & Alternate "B") PARTC 10. Special Provisions 11. Technical Specifications 12. General Provisions 13. Wage Rates PARTD 14. Certificate of Insurance 15. Contractor's Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law 16. Conflict of Interest 17. Payment Bond 18. Performance Bond 19. Maintenance Bond 19. Equipment Schedule 20. Experience Record PARTE 21. Contract PARTF 22. Construction Plans/Details (Separate Plans) PARTG 25. Soil Bore Logs PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following For: FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" D.O.E. No. 6078 & DOA FAC No. PE40 541200 0551101 Addressed to Mr. Dale A. Fisseler, P.E., City Manager for the City of Fo1t Worth, Texas, will be received at the Purchasing Office until l :30 PM, Thursday, December 11, 2008 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM in the Council Chambers. Contract Documents, including Plans and Specifications, may be obtained at the office of the Department of Aviation, City of Fort Worth, 4201 North Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76106 for a non-refundable fee of Thirty dollars ($30.00) per set. No Pre-Bid Conference will be held for this project. However, the prospective bidders are encouraged to contact Michael Kazda (817-392-5407) at Meacham International Airport to schedule a project site visit and get familiar with the project. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders must submit the complete specifications book or risk rejection of bid. As mandated by Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3535, all cement utilized for this project shall be produced from a kiln utilizing a dry kiln process or any kiln that does not produce an excess of 1.71b of N Ox emissions per ton of clinker prod ucecl. Bidders shall submit the "Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement" at the time of bid opening of the project. A Copy of the Compliance Statement is included in the Contract Documents. Failure to comply with the "Green Cement Policy" shall be grounds for rejecting the bid as non-responsive. Bid security is required in accordance with the Special Instruction to Bidders. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all Addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the Addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form . Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may be rejected as being nonresponsive. Information regarding the status of Addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at 817-392-7910. For additional information concerning this project, please contact Gopal Salm, P.E., and CITY Project Manager, at 817-392-7949 or Michael Kazda at 817-392-5407. Adve1tising Dates : November 13 , 2008 November 20, 2008 Fort Worth, Texas C :\Do cuments and Sellings\sahug\De sktopW B Me acham.doc NB-1 PART A -COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: For: FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" D.O.E. No. 6078 & DOA FAC No. PE40 541200 0551101 Addressed to Mr. Dale A. Fisseler, P.E., City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the Purchasing Office until l :30 P.M., Thursday, December 11, 2008, and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 P.M. in the Council Chambers. Contract documents, including Plans and Specifications, may be obtained at the office of the Department of Aviation, Fort Worth, 4201 Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76106 for a non-refundable fee of Thirty dollars ($30.00) per set. All bidders will be required to comply with Provisions 5159a of"Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance No. 7278, as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400, Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-2 l through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. No Pre-Bid Conference will be held for this project. However, the prospective bidders are encouraged to contact Michael Kazda (817-392-5407) at Meacham International Airport to schedule a project site visit and get familiar with the project. The major work on the above project shall consist of the following: 2596 SY 11.5" Reinforced Concrete Pavement 1657 CY Unclassified Excavation 2712 SY 8" Lime Treaded Base The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all formalities. AW ARD OF CONTRACT: No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR W AIYER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until all the necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding - the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Aviation at (817) 392-5400. As mandated by Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3535, all cement utilized for this project shall be produced from a kiln utilizing a dry process or any kiln that does not produce an excess of 1.71b of NOx emissions per ton of clinker produced. C:\Documents and Settings\sahug\DesktopWB2.doc CNB-1 PART A -COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Bidder shall submit the "Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement" at the time of bid opening of the project. A Copy of the Compliance Statement is included in the Contract Documents. Failure to comply with the "Green Cement Policy" shall be grounds for rejecting the bids as non- responsive. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders shall submit complete specifications book or risk rejection of bid. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance, No. 15530, as amended, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Disadvantaged Enterprise in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The Bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The documentation must be received by the Department of Aviation no later than 5:00 PM, five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the Department of Aviation to whom the delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that Documentation was received by the City. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond , each in the full amount of the contracted price, executed by a surety company or companies authorized to execute surety bonds under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. For additional information concerning this project, please contact Gopal Sahu , P.E., CITY Project Manager, at 817-392-7949, or Michael Kazda of Department of Aviation, at 817-392-5407. Dale A. Fisseler, P.E. City Manager Marty Hendrix City Secretary Kent Penney, Director Department of Aviation By: ------------ Go pal Sahu, P.E. Project Manager, Department of Transportation and Public Works Advertising Dates: November 13, 2008 November 20, 2008 C:\Documents and Settings\sahug\Desktop\NB2.doc CNB-2 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) the total capital and surplus. 2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give tt,e City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a insurer that is authorized and admitted as a insurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. The City will accept no sureties who are in default or delinquent on any bonds or who have an interest in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor's attention is called to the "General Provisions" concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects. F1W _Front_Ends 18-1 4. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 5. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7 400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-a-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 6. WAGE RATES: The Bidder also agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision No. TX020045. 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 8. INSURANCE: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds, proof of insurance for Worker's Compensation and Comprehensive General Liability (Bodily lnjury-$250,000 each person, $500,000 each occurrence; Property Damage -$300,000 each occurrence). The City reserves the right to request any other insurance coverage's as may be required by each individual project. 9. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage: A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. FTW_Front_Ends 18-2 g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. 10. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non resident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. "Nonresident bidder'' mearis a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. "Texas resident bidder'' means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 11. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 13471, as amended by Ordinance 13781, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of disadvantaged business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. In addition, FTW _Front_Ends IB-3 12. 13. 14. 15. the bidder shall submit the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by a DBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiation action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement; further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participation in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. AWARD OF CONTRACT: Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty- nine (49) days from the date the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty- nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. PAYMENT: The Contractor will receive full payment (minus 5% retainage) from the City for all work for each pay period. Payment of the remaining amount shall be made with the final payment, and upon acceptance of the project. ADDENDA: Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering Construction Division at (817) 392-7910. Bids that so not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage a. Definitions: Certain of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84 ), showing statutory worker's compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 18-4 Duration of the project-includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or toner services related to a project. "Services" does not include activitie·s unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provided coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) or all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation .Commission, informing all persons FTW _Front_Ends IB-5 providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. i. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in wiring by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) -(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. FTW _Front_Ends 18-6 k. · The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. B. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE" The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker" compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". 16. NON DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall not discriminate against any person or persons because of sex, race, religion, color, or national origin and shall comply with the provisions of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13A-21 through 13A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 17. AGE DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, or employees, will engage in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against person because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. 18. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, or employees, or person acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this Contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. 19. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any and all claims or allegations asserted by third parties FTW _Front_Ends 18-7 against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 20. DISCRIMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or current employees of Contractor. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal state and local laws concerning disability and will defend indemnify and hold City harmless against any cla i ms or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 21. Safety Plan: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the contractor must provide a safety plan for approval of the owner or owners authorized representative. FTW _Front_Ends 18-8 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS The following clauses are placed in every DOT assisted contract and subcontract: A. Non Discrimination Assurance During the performance of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor agrees that it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out the applicable requirements of 49 PCFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the City of Fort Worth deems appropriate. The Contractor understands that it is required to insert the substance in this clause in all subcontracts and purchase orders. B. Prompt Payment The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than ten (10) [calendar] days from receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to release retainage payments (if applicable) to each subcontractor within ten (10) [calendar] days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactory completed and final payment has been made to the subcontractor. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth FTW _Front_Ends IB-9 Notice to Bidders Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts (January 1991) I. The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following terms apply: A. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (II) (A) or (8) shall be treated as domestic. 8. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. C. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. 11. The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Material men, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those - A. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient.and reasonable available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; 8. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or C. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. FTW_Front_Ends NB-8 GREEN CEMENT POLICY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT ( To be furnished by the Contractor to the City at the time of bid opening) (Submit separate forms for each supplier I product supplier) Name of Project: City Proj. No.: This is to certify that the cement to be utilized for the above project will meet the following criteria : The cement was manufactured in a kiln utilizing the dry process (list source below) or in a kiln that meets the emission standard of 1. ?lb or less of NOx / ton of clinker released into the atmosphere . Name of Manufacturer Address of Manufacturer: _M __ l_d __ [_o_t_b ........ ,_c;., ......... 1/) __ r._ .... x ........ , ----- Company B 11 -~ 0 ~--o o 0 {; Phone Number Phone Number VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non- resident bidders . This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders ( our-of-state contractors whose corporate office or principal place of business are outside of the state of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or serv ices in Tex as at an amount lower than lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount tha t a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out-of-state or non -resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specific at ions. The failure of out-of-state or non-re sident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B . A. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be ___ percent lower than resident bidders by state law . A copy of the statute is attached . Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business , are not required to B. underbid resident bidders. / Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the Sta te of Texas __ . PROJECT: BIDDER: APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" FOR FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT DOE No. 6078 AVIATION DEPARTMRNT PROJECT No. PE4-541200 0551101 {) () Company Name r o o oi qs-~ ~(.,d \R JOY' Jx_ Signature: City State ZIP Title: PN)Jtiou+ (Please Print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOT A TION f O R T W O R T H -----..,..----' ) -i ._!--, City of Fort Worth I --. -. ' ATIACHMENT1A Page 1 of 4 Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime McClendon Construction Co, Inc I MNI//DBE I X I PROJECT NAME: NON-M/W/DBE BID DATE Apron Improvements Twy c at Meacham Airport December11,2008 City's M/WBE Project Goal: I Prime's M/WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER 14 % 7 .9 % DOE 6078 Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form , in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned Offerer agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the M/WBE firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth . The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications M/WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant , Parker, Johnson , Collin , Dallas, Denton, Ellis , Kaufman and Rockwall counties . Identify each Tier level. Tier is the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor, i.e., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier ALL M/WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace , that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX Don. h ighway div ision . Disadvantaged Bus iness Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous with Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized , the prime will be given credit as long as the M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The M/WBE may lease trucks from another M/WBE firm , including M/WBE owner-operators, and receive full M/WBE credit. The M/WBE may lease trucks from non-M/WBEs, including owner-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the M/WBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev . 5/30 /03 foRT W ORTH ---..,-.-- ATTACHM ENT 1A Page 2 of4 Primes are requ ired to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e ., Minority , Women and non-M/WBEs . Please list M/WBE fi rms fi rst, use add iti onal s heets if necessary. Certification N (check one) 0 SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T n Company Name i N T Detail Detail C X M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Address e M w T D w Telephone/Fax r B B R 0 B E E C T E A Rubio Trucking 9000 Co Rd 513 Hauloff $3 ,990 .00 Al v arado , TX 76009 1 X Ix T r ucking 817/829-3711 No Fax Ricochet Fue l Distributors 1201 Royal Pkwy Fuel $4 ,170 .00 Euless, TX 76040 1 X X 817 /268-5910 Fax 817/282-7497 H J G Trucking , Inc 701 De nai r St Topso il $320 .00 Ft Worth , TX 76 111 1 X X 817/834-7181 Murillo Modular Group 1400 Bradley Lane Port able Toilets $240.00 Carrollton , TX 75007 1 X )( 972/245-6220 972/245-6422 M B T ran sportation PO Box427 Hauling (2nd tier t h ru $8 ,100 .00 Bri dgeport, TX 76426 2 X )( Southern St ar 940 /683-3990 Con crete) Fax 940/683-3991 Rev . 5/30/03 fORTWO RTH ~ ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers , regardless of status ; i.e ., Minority , Women and non-M/WBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N (check one) 0 SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T n Company Name i N T Detail Detail C X M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Address e M w T D VI Telephone/Fax r B B R 0 B E E C T E A Concrete Penetrating Co PO Box 35766 Jo int Seal $5,900.00 Dallas, TX 75235 1 X 214/634-2990 Fax 214/634-0999 Southern Star Concrete 8505 Freeport Pkwy Ready-Mix $80,630.00 Irving, TX 75063 1 X Concrete 972/621-0999 Bamsco , Inc 2609 Willowbrook Rebar Supplier $18 ,040 .00 Dallas, TX 75220 1 X 214/352-9091 Fax 214/379-0341 Beall Lime Co 1100 West Parkway Hydrated Lime $8 ,500.00 Euless, TX 76040 1 X Slurry 817 /835-4000 APAC Texas Inc PO Box 848164 Hot Mix Asphalt $225 .00 Dallas, TX 75284 1 X 214n41-3531 Rev . 5/30/03 FORTWORTH -....,.,.-I. -, -,. Total Dollar Amount of M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ $ ATIACHMENT 1A Page 4 of 4 $16,820.00 $113,295.00 TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ $130,115.00 The Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office Manager or designee through the submittal of a Request for Approval of Change/Addition. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance . The contractor shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed M/WBE goal. If the detail explanation is not submitted , it will affect the final compliance determination . By affixing a signature to this form , the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request , complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/W/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company . The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interv iews with owners, principals , officers , employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/W/DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal , State or Local laws concerning false statements . Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. President Title McClendon Construction Co, Inc Company Name PO Box 999 Address Burleson, TX 76097 City/State/Zip Dan Mcclendon Printed Signature Contact Name/Title (If different) 817 /295-0066 Telephone and/or Fax dan@mcclendonconstruction .com E-mall Address Decernber12,2008 Date Rev. 5/30/0 3 Apron Impvts to Taxiway C at Meacham Airport DOE #6078 Good Faith Effort Documentation ~ ' F O RT WORT H "'--, • -1' PRIME COMPANY NAME: City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form ATTACHMENT 1C Page 1 of 3 Check applicable block to describe McClendon Construction Co, Inc prime I M/W/DBE I X I PROJECT NAME : NON -M/W/DBE Apron Improvements at Taxiway C at Meacham Airport BIODATEDeC 12, 2008 City's M/WBE Project Goal: I PROJECT NUMBER 14 % DOE 6078 If you have failed to secure M/WBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your DBE participation is less than the City's project goal, you must complete this fonn. If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this fonn, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity} for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2nd tier. (Use additional sheets, if necessa,y) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities Joint Sealing Ready-mix Concrete Hauloff Trucking Rebar Fuel Topsoil Hydrated Lime Slurry Hot-mix Asphalt Portable Toilets Barricade Supplier Rev . 05/30/03 IJ ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open date) list of M/WBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's M/WBE Office. _x __ ~ ~of~~-1_1_,~ ,~M __ No 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously l isted, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? _x __ Yes (If yes, attach MIWBE mail listing to Include name of flnn and address and a dated copy of letter malled.) __ No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? X __ Yes (If yes, attach list to include name of MIWBE flnn, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact) __ No NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4 , but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE: If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or more, the bidder must contact at least two- thirds (2/3) of the list within such area of opportunity, but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? _x __ Yes __ No 6.) Submit documentation if M/WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. (Please use additional sheets, if necessarv, and attach.) Comoany Name Telephone Contact Person Scooe of Work Reason for Rejection Cowtown RediMix 817/759-1919 Max Ulrich Ready-Mix Concrete Bid was too high Rev. 05/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Please provide additional infonnation you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the 1ty s M/WBE ffice. Title McClendon Construction Co, Inc Company Name PO Box 999 Address Bur1eson, TX 76097 City/State/Zip Dan Mcclendon Printed Signature Contact Name and Title (if different) 817/295--0066 Fax 817/295-6796 Phone Number Fax Number dan@mcclendonconstruction .com Email Address Dec 12, 2008 Date Rev. 05130/03 Apron Impvts to Taxiway C at Meacham Airport DOE #6078 Documentation of Good Faith Effort M/WBE Bids Received/Rejected PARTB - - - PARTB BID PROPOSAL (This proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents) TO: Dale A. Fisseller, P.E. City Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, Municipal Office Building 1000 Throckmorton Street P.O. Box 17027 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 PROPOSAL FOR: The furnishing of all materials ( except material specified to be furnished by the City) equipment and labor for the installation of apron improvements, and all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and serviceable project designed as: APRONIMPROVEMEMNTS AT TAXIWAY "C" FOR MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH DOE NUMBER 6078 DEPARTMENT OF AVIATION FAC NUMBER PE40 541200 0551101 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned bidder, having thoroughly examined the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents, and General Contract Documents and Technical Specifications with Special Provision for concrete pavement, the site of project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material except as specified to be furnished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the plans and Contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of the Department of Aviation, the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this Proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. Contractor proposes to do the work within the time stated and for the following sums: Part B-Proposal: Page 1 of 5 BID FORM BIDDER: AIRPORT: PROJECT: BASE BID ITEMS Item No. Spec No. 1 P-101 2 P-152 3 SP-T-905 4 P-155 5 P-155 6 U-100 7 U-100 8 P-401 9 G-300 FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" ITEM DESCRIPTION Mobilization Unclassified Excavation , Complete Including Saw Cut Top Soil 8-lnch Lime Treated Base Course , Complete in Place/451b .SY Hydrated Lime Remove Existing Threshold Lights , Complete Remove Existing Utility Box , Complete HMAC Pavement for Transition as Required and Directed Barricades & Traffic Control as Requ ired & Directed TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT PART B-PROPOSAL: Page 2 of 5 UNIT LS CY CY SY TON EA EA TON LS DATE:_/ z__,· (.___/_._I !_{)_8_· _ QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID 1 $ y · '5 t::;r') !::::-$ 't" ~ C"' I"') ~ 1657 $ iUC)o $2 "2., I /C?£'R. ac,,_ . I 20 $~ $ :5 z.o~ /ID-=.- 2712 $ 3~ $ -,~Y?~- 66 $ '3o 00;1 $ . 7 -N~-P~~ 4 ,.. $ ; ... -AH) $ 7~c,a~ t I :J _::.. 1 $ 2./!)() ~ $ ZIJo~ 4 $ ,.,, .... -.,,. $ TSo~ / 7 ::J-....::- 1 $ $ I IL', t;._qJ::. --I ftJ, q,&;" a::::::-.. I BID FORM BIDDER: AIRPORT: FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PROJECT:APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAXIWAY "C" ALTERNATE BIDS WITH GREEN-CEMENT & NON-GREEN CEMENT (BIDDERS ARE REQUIRED TO BID BOTH ALTERNATES) Item No. Spec No. AL TERNA TE "A" 10 P-501 ALTERNATE "B" 10 P-501 ITEM DESCRIPTION 11 .5-lnch Reinforced Jointed Concrete Pavement , Complete in Place including Dowels & Joints with GREEN CEMENT 11 .5-lnch Reinforced Jointed Concrete Pavement, Complte in Place including Dowel & all Joints w ith NON GREEN CEMENT BID SUMMARY TOTAL AMOUNT BID (BASE BID+ GREEN CEMENT): TOTAL AMOUNT BID (BASE BID+ NON-GREEN CEMENT) The City of Fort Worth , reserves the right to select Alternate "A" OR Alternate "B" PART B-Proposal : Page 3 of 5 DATE: f ~//1/~ I UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID (!)::!> SY 2596 $ ttJC- SY 2596 $ BASE BID AL TERNA TE "A" BASE BID AL TERNA TE "B" PARTB BID PROPOSAL Within ten (10) working days after notification by the City, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents , for the faithful performance of this contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and the bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth , as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned bidder certifies that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications and that he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of General Documents and the Specific Contract Documents and appm1enant plans. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or its employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by the City Ordinance 7400 . (Complete A or B Below, as applicable) A. The principal place of business of our company 1s m the State of Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statue is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of __________ , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the revisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, excise and Use Tax Act. All equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the project construction are subject to State sales taxes under house Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1992. The successful bidder shall be required to complete the attached Statement of Materials and Other Charges at the time of executing the contract. PART B-Proposal-Page 4 of 5 PARTB PROPOSAL The bidder agrees to begin construction within 10 working days after issue of the work order, and to complete the contract within: THIRTY (30) Calendar Days after beginning of construction as set forth in the written order to be furnished by the Owner. This project contract time will be strictly enforced. The project will be awarded solely at the owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder. The Bid Form must be completed and submitted in its entirety for Bid. Failure to complete the Bid Form for each will render the bidder as non-responsive. The owner reserves the right to discard any of the bids received for this project completely at the Owner's Discretion. The Bidder shall write out each bid in words on the line below: Bid /Lvo h ulA.c/~ -Jh1,~ (/\ 1-?w IA.JD(,~ s"t'~ ~ vz ncl NJd t:> r&t -e 1cf h j__ dD!I CtlS Alternate B with NON-GREEN CEMENT f 4JO h {A t,,. j ~ ih 1/~t/l /_ hcJltcJ_ ~ ~ ( Sir: h u 0 J tLer{ *1 1 fit e 'ii 61-iJd ! lo,.s Alternate A with GREEN CEMENT: In case of discrepancy the amount shown will govern. STATEMEMNT OF MATERIALS AND OTHER CHARGES Alternate "A" with GREEN CEMENT: (/ MATERIAL IN CORPORA TED INTO PROJECT: $ ___ /_' l _~,,.....___1 _1_0~<:_----- ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ ___ ~9~7-"-'1>--7~3~8_-___ _ Alternate "A" with NON-GREEN CEMENT MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO PROJECT :$ I IJ.", Cf I [) 2.- ALL OTHER CAHRGES : $=======~q-_~7=1=7=3=~==-========== I (we) acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to the plans and specifications , all the provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration in preparation of the foregoing bid: Addendum No. I (Initial) Addendum No 2 (Initial) PART B-Proposal Page 5 of 5 PARTC PART I • SPECIAL PROVISIONS PARTI SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. General Scope. It is the intent that the work includ ed in the contract shall include new concrete apron at Taxiway "C" and removal of existing threshold lights and vault within the construction limits shown on the plans and all other related works . 2. Amount of Liquidated Damages. The amount of liquidated damages determined in accordance with Section 80-08 "Failure to Complete On Time" shall be $750.00 per calendar day. 3. Warranty of Construction. In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment, material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Suppliers at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work, but with respect to any part of the work which warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date City of Fort Worth takes possession. Under this warranty, the Contractor shall remedy at own expense any such failure to conform or any such defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any damage to City of Fort Worth owned or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements or any such defect of equipment, material, workmanship or design. The Contractor shall also restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced hereunder will run for one year from the date of such repair or replacement. The City of Fort Worth shall notify the Contractor in writing within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure , defect or damage. Should the Contractor fail to remedy any failure, defect or damage described in (a) above within reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the City of Fort Worth shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy such failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. In addition to the other rights and remedies provided by this clause, all subcontractors', manufacturers' and suppliers' warranties expressed or implied, respecting any work and materials shall, at the direction of the City of Fort Worth, be enforced by the Contractor for the benefit of the City of Fort Worth. In such case, if the Contractor's warranty under (a) above has expired, any suit directed by the City of Fort Worth to subcontractor's, manufacturer's or supplier's warranty shall be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall obtain any warranties which the subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers would give in normal commercial practice. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall require any such warranties to be executed in writing to the City of Fort Worth. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, unless such a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defects of FTW _Front_Ends 1-1 material or design furnished by the City of Fort Worth for the repair of any damage which results from any such defect in the City of Fort Worth furnished material or design. Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the City of Fort Worth, shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. The City of Fort Worth will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 4. Parking of Construction Equipment. At night and during all other periods of time when equipment is not being actively used on the construction work, the Contractor shall park the equipment at locations which are approved by the Engineer and/or as directed by the Airport Manager. The Contractor shall provide adequate barricades, markers and lights to protect the City of Fort Worth, Texas, Alliance Airport, the public and the other work. All barricades, lights and markers must meet the requirements of these specifications and must be approved by the Engineer. 5. Access Routes, Staging Areas and Storage Areas. The staging area will be as shown on the construction plans. All haul roads and access routes and the location of any additional staging areas and storage areas will be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing all roads and other facilities used during construction. Upon completion of the project, all existing roads shall be left in a condition equal to that at the time the Contractor commences work on this project. 6. Water for Construction. Water for construction will be obtained from the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall provide a meter to measure water consumption and shall pay the City of Fort Worth for water consumed. 7. Coordination of Work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with any public or private utility engaged in the installation of new or adjustment of existing facilities on or adjacent to the project site. 8. Work Hours and Closure. Work hours will be as follows: ~IJ-WQt1($.h$1Lb.ef p~rf Prm¢q _,'q_yf.i.pg ,Ici?Yligbtb.cit:ir$,) @2~::2:t ·Y~·!rf!~.1-~.operations. rrn,$:P.r.qJ¢.¢t1~19-¢.~t<¥:~I ::W.i!bl!.!Jh.~:~9-tJv.~·§!rgj:j~~JJ~r6·~,§r~?~(AQJ.iS,gfl6g Air' ort ;i ......... P ..... -.. · 10. Protection of Existing Utilities and Improvements. The Contractor shall take adequate measures to protect all existing structures, improvements and utilities which may be encountered. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the Owner to be accurate as to location and depth; they are shown on the FlW _Front_Ends 1-2 . l plans as the best information available from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of any utility damaged by him and shall likewise be responsible for losses to the utility owner due to any disruption to the service of the utility caused by the Contractor. 11. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities, temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary codes, and may not contribute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for this item. 12. Insurance Required. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. All insurance policies must show the Owner as additional insured (General Liability, auto, etc.). a. Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees at the site of the project; and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employee engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. The minimum amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: ( 1) State -Statutory (2) Applicable Federal -Statutory (3) Employer's Liability -$500,000 b. Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract from claims for damages or personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damages which may arise from operations under this contract, and including explosion, collapse and underground coverage, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, and the amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: Bodily Injury. FTW _Front_Ends 1-3 (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 Property Damage Insurance. (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 Property damage liability insurance providing Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages. c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Person -$500,000 (2) Each Accident -$1,000 ,000 Property Damage (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 d. Contractual Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 Property Damage (1) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 e. Such insurance will be subject to the following deductible amount: $250.00. The City of Fort Worth, Texas and Alliance Airport shall be named as additional insured parties for the project. The Contractor's general liability carrier shall issue a separate Protective Liability Policy covering Owner and Engineer providing coverage for not less than the amounts listed above. f. Proof of Carriage of Insurance. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance required. All the certificates of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the contractor will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner by certified mail. 13. Award of Bids. The Owner may reject any or all bids. The Project will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1-4 14. 15. 16. 17. Construction Time. The Owner reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the Owner. Retainage on Partial Payments. For this contract, the Owner will deduct and retain Five (5) percent of the total amount of the partial payment until the final payment is made. Final Acceptance and Payment. Final payment, including retainage, will be made upon acceptance of the completed project by the Owner. The General Provisions are hereby replaced or amended as follows by General Provision paragraph designated: 10-27 Shall be modified as follows: MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 20-03 Contents of Proposal Forms. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: ADDENDA. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to·the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt on the proposal form. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 392-7910. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. 20-07 Preparation of Proposal. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: Bidders shall not separate, detach, or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract documents at any time. Failure to bid fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as onon- responsiveo and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate and as determined by City Engineer. 20-08 Irregular Proposals. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 20-09 Bid Guarantee. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5) percent of the Total Base Bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (1 O) days after the contract has been awarded. FlW _Front_Ends 1-5 To be an acceptable surety on the bond, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list and the amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the U.S. Treasury list for that company. 30-02 Award of Contact. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 49 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opened proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. The contract will be awarded to the lowest qualified bidder. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by Director of the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 30-05 Requirements of Contract Bonds. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond as well as a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list (Circular 570) of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the contractor and the surety company. No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract to be awarded is less than $100,000 , the performance and payment bonds are not required if the successful bidder states in its bid that payment is not due until the work is completed and is accepted by the City. Provided, however, that this paragraph does not affect the furnishing of a maintenance bond, if same is required by the specifications. It is presumed that the successful bidder agrees to provide performance and payment bonds unless the bidder, on the bid proposal, states otherwise. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1-6 40-01 Intent of Contract. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The contractor shall provide all utility services required to construct the project, including, but not limited to, electrical service, water service and telephone service. The contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of the project which becomes defective due to these causes. 40-02 Alteration of Work and Quantities. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: All Supplemental Agreement shall require consent of the Contractor's Surety and Separate Performance and Payment Bonds. The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, an part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. 40-04 Extra Work. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: F1W _Front_Ends The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to verify all the pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is more that 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of the work above 125% of the quantity stated in the contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is less than 75%of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in this contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. A major pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to greater than 5 percent of the original contract. A minor pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost less than 5 percent of the original contract. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a negotiated price, Owner and Contractor agree thatthe consideration will be the actual field cost of the work plus 15 percent as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Director of the Department of Engineering and approved by the City 1-7 Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance. The Director of the Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15 percent of the actual field cost to be paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of the Department of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto. 40-05 Add: The cost of maintaining vehicular traffic shall not be measured directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. 50-16 Claims for Adjustment and Disputes. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section . The City shall give contractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. (B) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall , until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such subcontractor involving transactions to this subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall g ive subcontractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. 60-09 SUBSTITUTIONS: FTW _Front_Ends The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term Dor equalD or Dor approved equalD is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished it 1-8 will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" is not used in specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub-section as related to DSubstitutionsD shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. 70-01 Laws to be Observed: The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. WAGE RATES: All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernons Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas and set forth in Contract Documents for this project. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) in City contracts. In order for a bid to be considered responsive, the compliance statement, Attachments "IA", "IB", and/or "IC", contained in the proposal must be completed and submitted to the bid contracting officer no later than 5:00 p.m ., three (3) business days after the bid opening date. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN THE PROPOSAL BEING NON-RESPONSIVE. 70-19 Environmental Protection. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: FTW _Front_Ends Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill materials, the contractor shall advise the Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such materials until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractor's disposal sites 1-9 shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractor's expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material in a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of the Department of Engineering, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at it's expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. 80-05 Add: The Owner and/or the Engineer may require the replacement of any employee, including supervisors, of the Contractor or Subcontractors found to be unsuitable or unqualified. 80-06 Add: The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to safety-related reasons. 80-07 Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperature, precipitation and/or saturated soil to ensure completion of all Work within the Contract Time. Average historical climatic conditions for the preceding ten (10) years are published by the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and entitled "Local Climatological Data -Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas." FlW _Front_Ends For planning purposes, the following shall be considered average work days lost per month due to weather conditions: LOST MONTH TIMEIN WORK DAYS January 5 February 4 March 5 April 6 May 6 June 4 July 4 Auqust 4 September 5 October 4 November 4 December 4 Contract time extensions for abnormal weather will be granted only to the extent that the actual time lost during a particular month exceeds the average lost time indicated 1-10 - in the above table. Time extensions granted for abnormal weather are not compensable. 90-07 Add: Payment for materials on hand shall be limited to materials required for incorporation into the work within a maximum of 30 days. FTW _Front_Ends 1-11 PART II -WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS - PART II WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Requirements A-1 Airport and Airway Improvement Program Project. The work in this contract is included in Airport Improvement Project No. 3-48-0296-21-2003 which is being undertaken and accomplished by Alliance Airport, in the City Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), and the United States under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (P .L. 97-248) as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987 (P.L. 100-223) and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative thereof or the United States by the contract makes the United States a party to this contract. A-2 Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 520. The Contractor assures that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive orders and such rules as are promulgated to assure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision obligates the Contractor or its transferee for the period during which Federal assistance is extended to the airport program, except where Federal assistance is to provide, or is in the form of personal property or real property of interest therein or structures or improvements thereon. In these cases the provision obligates the party of any transferee for the longer of the following periods: (a) the period during which the property is used by the airport sponsor or any transferee for a purpose for which Federal assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits or (b) the period during which the airport sponsor or any transferee retains ownership or possession of the property. In the case of Contractors, this provision binds the Contractor form the bid solicitation period through the completion of the Contract. A-3 Consent to Assignment. The Contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the City of Fort Worth and Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), to any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this contract. A-4 Rights to Inventions (49 CFR Part 18). All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject the regulations issued by the FAA and the Owner of the Federal Grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA. A-5 Convict Labor. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. A-6 Veterans Preference (Airport & Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 515). In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(1) and (2) of the Act. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. FTW _Front_Ends 11-1 A-7 Withholding: Owner from Contractor. Whether or not payments or advances to the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the City of Fort Worth, · Texas (Owner), may withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-8 Nonpayment of Wages. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may after written notice to the Contractor take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. A-9 Inspection of Records (49 CFR Part 18). The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Owner, the FAA and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. A-10 Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A -6 and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts, which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-11 Breach of Contract Terms Sanctions (49 CFR Part 18). Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. FTW _Front_Ends 11-2 - SECTION B (Davis-Bacon Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) B-1 Minimum wages. 1. 2. FlW _Front_Ends All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i)). Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage skill, except as provided in paragraph B-4 of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, however, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination(s) (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under subparagraph (b) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and readily accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination(s) and which is to be employed under this contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s). Approval will be given for an additional classification and wage rate, and fringe benefits therefore , only when the following criteria have been met: i. ii. iii. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and The proposed wage · rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. 11-3 (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be representatives, and the City of Fort Worth Texas agree on the classification and wage rate · (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action of the action taken shall be sent by the City of Fort Worth, Texas to the FAA for tentative approval and transmittal to the Department of Labor, Employment Standards Administration, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Department of Labor will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the FAA or will notify the FAA within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1215-0140.) (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(i)). (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be employed in the classification or their representatives and the City of Fort Worth, Texas do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the City of Fort Worth, Texas shall send the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the sponsor, to the FAA to be referred, with the recommendation of the FAA, to the Department of Labor for final determination. The Department of Labor will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt or provide notification within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (b )(2) and (3) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iii)). 4. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program. Provided, however, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iv). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) FTW_Front_Ends 11-4 - 8-2 Withholding: FAA from Owner. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between the United States and the City of Fort Worth, Texas relating to Airport Improvement Project No. 3-48-0296-1100 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), the FAA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor may withhold or cause to be withheld from the City of Fort Worth, Texas so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the wages required by this contract, the FAA may after written notice to the City of Fort Worth, Texas take further action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)). B-3 Payrolls and basic records. 1. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such employee, his correct classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph 8-1 above), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1 (b )(2)(8) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) 2. (a) FlW _Front_Ends The Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fort Worth, Texasforavailabilitytothe FAA as required by paragraph 152.59(a). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained by paragraph 8-3 (a) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. The contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0149.) 11-5 (b) Each payroll shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the employer or his agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: i. That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 8-3 (a) above and that such information is correct and complete; ii. That each laborer and mechanic, including each helper, apprentice and trainee, employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; iii. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3-8 (2) of this section. ( d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States code. 3. The contractor will make the records required under the labor standards clause of the contract available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the FAA and the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 4. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FAA may, after written notice to the sponsor or contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)). 8-4 Apprentices and trainees. 1. Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S . Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in FTW_Front_Ends 11-6 - - - - 2. FlW _Front_Ends any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage rate determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates ( expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of the fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of the apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)). Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at the trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will 11-7 no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)( 4 )(iii)). 3. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). 4. Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000, the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraphs B-4(a), (b) and (c) above). 5. Enforcement. (a) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifications thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the Contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 CFR 5.6(a)(1 )). (b) Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforcement of these provisions shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 5.6. B-5 Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference in this contract (29 CFR 5.5(a)(5)). B-6 Subcontracts. The Contractor of Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. B-7 Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses in this section (B) and in Section C may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a Contractor and a Subcontractor as provided in 92 CFR Part 5.5. FTW _Front_Ends 11-8 - B-8 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Acts Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. B-9 Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the FAA, the sponsor, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. B-10 Certification of Eligibility. B-11 1. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 2. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1 ). 3. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Wage Rates In Effect for This Project U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Wage Determination Number TX020045, reproduced in this specification, provides the required minimum wages and fringe benefits to be paid to all laborers and mechanics employed to work on this contract throughout its duration, either under this contract or under a related subcontract. The Contractor and all subcontractors are required to report the actual wages paid to laborers and mechanics doing work under this contract by filing certified weekly payrolls. The reported wages will be verified by review of the weekly payroll reports and by periodic on-site interviews conducted by the Owner or his designated representative . In the event that the work specified in this contract requires work to be done by laborers or mechanics whose job classification is not listed in the attached Wage Determination, the Contractor is responsible for preparing the attached Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate form. The Contractor must complete Items 3 through 15 and submit the request to the Owner's representative prior to issuance of the Contractor's Notice to Proceed or as soon as the need for the additional classification or rate is identified (if the work has been authorized to begin). FTW _Front_Ends 11-9 REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX D SERVICE CONTRACT D CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT I.JJTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 15 AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST IN 0 UADRUPLICATE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. I. TO: ADM!NISTRA TOR, Employment Standards Administration 2. FROM (REPORTING OFFICE) WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WASHINGTON, D.C. 20210 3. CONTRACTOR 14. DATEOFREQUEST CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED (SEALED BIDDING) 7. DATE OF AWARD 8. DATE CONTRACT WORK STARTED DATE OPTION EXERCISED (IF APPLICABLE) (SCA ONLY) SUBCONTRACTOR (IF ANY) ] I. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NEEDED) !. LOCATION (CITY, COUNTY AND STATE) 13 . IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE ABOVE CONTACT, IT IS NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH THE FOLLOWING RATE(S) FOR THE INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S) NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION L..J NUMBER· DATED· a. LIST IN ORDER PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLE(S), JOB DESCRIPTION(S), DUTIES AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION (SCA ONLY) b. WAGERATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS - - - (Use reverse of attach additional schedules, if necessary) . SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE (IF ANY) IS. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX - D D D AGREE D DISAGREE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE -SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (OBA) THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ONTHIS PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DMSION JS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. -TGNA TURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE NO. DATE SUBMITTED DEPARTMENT OF LABOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION -ST AND ARD FORM 1444 (10-87) -SECTION C (Contract Workhours and Safety Standards Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) C-1 Overtime Requirements. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. C-2 Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, the Contractor or any Subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above. C-3 Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor of Subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same rime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor of Subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clauses set forth in paragraph C-2 above. C-4 Subcontractors. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the -clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4. C-5 Working Conditions. No Contractor or Subcontractor may require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. FTW_Front_Ends 11-11 SECTION D (Equal Employment Opportunity-41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: D-1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. D-2 The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. D-3 The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D-4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. D-5 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and others. D-6 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted _construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor or as otherwise provided by law. D-7 The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph C- 1 and the provisions of paragraph C-1 through C-7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administrating agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; FTW_Front_Ends 11-12 provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D-8 Notice to be Posted per Paragraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO Clause (41 CFR Part60-1.4(b)}. -Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law -Discrimination is Prohibited by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and by Executive Order No. 11246. - Title VI I of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -Administered by: The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, or National Origin by Employers with 25 or more employees, by Labor Organizations with a hiring hall of 25 or more members, by Employment Agencies, and by Joint Labor-Management Committees for Apprenticeship or Training. Any Person who believes he or she has been discriminated against should contact: FTW _Front_Ends The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 11-13 SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards) E-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with all directives given by the Engineer in implementation of temporary air and water pollution, soil erosion and siltation control measures. Such measures shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the contract. E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agree: 1. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. 2. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, he will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities . 4. To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. FTW_Front_Ends 11-14 - SECTION F (Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications -41 CFR 60-4.3) F-1 As used in these specifications: 1. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; 2. "Directo~" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; 3. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury 1?epartment Form 941; 4. "Minority" includes: (a) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (b) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South America or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (c) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands); and (d) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). F-2 Whenever the Contractor or any subcontractor at any tier subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract is excess of $10,000, the provision of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. F-3 If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area, either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the plan area (including goals and time tables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions participating in the plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any efforts to achieve the plan goals and time tables. FTW_Front_Ends 11-15 F-4 The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7(a) through (p) of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation · from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization; the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress towards its goals in each craft during the period specified. F-5 Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, as amended, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. F-6 In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitmentto employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. F-7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: 1. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. 2. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. 3. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, or if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. 4. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the FTW_Front_Ends 11-16 -5. 6. Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under ?(b) above . Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. 7. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review o_f these items with ~:>n-site supervisory personnel, such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. 8. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. 9. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations; to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. 10. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women, and where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. FTW _Front_Ends 11-17 11. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 12. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportun ities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. 13. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications ·are being carried out. 14. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated, except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities, shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes . 15. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors and suppliers including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. 16. Conduct .a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. F-8 Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations [7(a) through (p)]. The efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor-union , Contractor-community or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participated, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under ?(a) through (p) of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group , makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and time tables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obl igation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. F-9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women ; generally, the Contractor may be in vio lation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). F-1 O The Contractor shall not use the goals and time tables or affirmative action standards to discriminate aga inst any person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin . FlW _Fron t_Ends 11-18 F-11 The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-12 The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the OFCCP. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-13 The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. F-14 The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. F-15 Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). FTW _Front_Ends 11-19 SECTION G (Contractual Requirements Pursuant to Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VI -49 CFR Part 21) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor" agrees as follows: G-1 Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter "DOT) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. G--2 Nondiscrimination. The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. G-3 Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including .procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. G-4 Information and Reports. The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information , the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. G-5 Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 1. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies, and/or 2 . Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or part. G-6 Incorporation of Provisions. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to and subcontract or procurement as the Owner or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or FTW_Front_Ends 11-20 is threatened with litigation with a Subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Owner to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Owner and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. SECTION H (Termination of Contract-49 CFR Part 18) H-1 The Owner may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Owner's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice, services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as ma have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Owner. H-2 If the termination is for the convenience of the Owner, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. H-3 If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the Contractor's obligations, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any additional cost occasioned to the Owner thereby. H-4 If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Owner. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph H-2 of this clause. H-5 The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. FTW _Front_Ends 11-21 SECTION I (Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) 1-1 The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contract, as defined in 1-2 below. 1-2 The following terms apply to this clause: 1. Steel and Manufactured Products.· As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. F1W_Front_Ends 11-22 SECTION J (DBE Required Statements -49 CFR Part 26) J-1 J-2 Contract Assurance. Draft AC 150/5370-1 OA Change 15 provides that each contract the owner signs with a contractor (and each subcontract the prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following clause: The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Prompt Payment. A prompt payment clause is required in each DOT-assisted prime contract. A sample follows below: The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed . Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. FTW _Front_Ends 11 -23 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM P-101 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 GENERAL. The work specified in this item consists of preparatory work and operations to mobilize for beginning work on the project, and departure from the site upon completion of this work. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, for furnishing, installation and any necessary relocation of construction barricades, and for the establishment of temporary AOA access gate(s), utilities, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications and State and local laws and regulations. The cost of bonds and any required insurance or which is not covered by a separate payment item, and any pre-construction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, may also be included in this section. This item shall also cover demobilization from the site upon the completion of the work. Demobilization shall include, but is not limited to, removal of temporary offices, buildings, utilities, and other facilities as well as demolition and restoration of the staging area(s) to condition prior to construction, removal of temporary gate(s), reconstruction of permanent security (AOA) fence, haul routes, and any other areas not covered by other sections. BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-2.1 GENERAL. The work and incidental costs covered under this item shall be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for Mobilization. 101-2.2 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 5% 10% 100% Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item* 50% 90% 100% *The lump sum amount for this item is limited to five (5%) percent of the original Contract amount. Any amount in excess of five (5%) percent will be paid upon completion of all work on the Contract. The standard retainage as specified in the General Conditions shall be applied to this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-101-2.1 Mobilization--per lump sum END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-101-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ITEM SP-P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT DESCRIPTION 152-1. 1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct runway safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate as well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical section shown on the plans. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the following items. b. Rock Exoavation. Roof< excavation shall include all solid rocl< in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting or using rippers. All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard (0.4 cubic meter) will be classified as "rocl< excavation." c. Muck Excavation. Muoi< excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials which will decay or produce subsidence in the embanl<ment. It may be made up of decaying stumps, roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. d. Drainage Excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose of drainage and includes drainage ditches, such as intercepting, inlet or outlet; temporary levee construction; or any other type as shovm on the plans. e. Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the construction of embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations. Borrow material shall be obtained from areas i.vithin the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas outside the airport. 152-1.3 Unsuitable Excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation, may be used on the embankment slope. 152-1.4 Select Fill. Select fill shall be a controlled low strength material (CLSM). Typical CLSM mixture usually consists of0.5 to 3% of cement, 7-12% offlyash, 70-85% of sand and 7- 17% of water, it has a flow spread of at least 8 in., the 28-day compressive strengths range from 50 to 200 psi. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area, the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches, in order to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect t~e work. a. Selective Grading. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment for rehandling as specified in paragraph 3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for runway safety areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, or any areas intended for Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the Engineer, below the subgrade. Muck, peak, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be refilled with suitable material, obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his/her decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." d. Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor, e.g., the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified herein. e. Compaction Requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 8" and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 01557. Payment for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain the required depth of density will be paid for as unclassified excavation. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in top 6 inches of the subgrade. The finished grading operations, conforming to the typical cross section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be bared loose or otherwise removed to line of finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting will not be permitted. Blasting 'Nill be permitted only v,ihen proper precautions are taken for the safety of all persons, the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. /\II operations of the Contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall conform to all state and local regulations and explosive manufacturers' instructions, 1JVith applicable approved permits revie•JVed by the Engineer. Any approval given, hmvever, will not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility in blasting operations. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-3 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility \/Vhere blasting is approved, the Contractor shall employ a vibration sonsultant, approved by the Engineer, to advise on explosive charge weights per delay and to analyze records from seismograph recordings. The seismograph shall be capable of producing a permanent record of the three components of the motion in terms of particle velocity, and in addition shall be capable of internal dynamic calibration. In each distinct blasting area, where pertinent factors affecting blast vibrations and their effects in the area remain the same, the Contractor shall submit a blasting plan of the initial blasts to the Engineer for approval. This plan must consist of hole size, depth, spacing, burden, type of explosives, type of delay sequence, maximum amount of explosive on any one delay period, depth of rook, and depth of overburden if any. The maximum explosive charge weights per delay included in the plan shall not be increased without the approval of the engineering. The Contractor shall keep a record of each blast fired its date, time and location; the amount of explosives used, maximum explosive sharge weight per delay period, and, where necessary, seismograph records identified by instrument number and location. These records shall be made available to the Engineer on a monthly basis or in tabulated form at other times as required. 152 2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. BorroY.' area(s) within the airport property are indicated on the plans. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated losations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed . VVhen borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, at least 15 days prior to beginning the excavation, so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrmv pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition 1Nith all slopes dressed uniformly. 152-2.4 DRAINAGE EXCAVATION. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction . All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsuitable material shall be placed in waste areas or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations. All necessary work shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation , and cross section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions unti l the project is accepted . 152 2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. 'Nhere an embankment is to be oonstrusted to a height of 4 feet (120 m) or less, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed, and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plmving or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm). This area shall then be oompaoted as indicated in paragraph 2.6 . When the height of fill is greater Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-4 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facili ty than 4 feet (120 m), sod not required to be remowad shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before construction of embankment. \II/here embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shovm on the plans. No direct payment shall be made for the 'Nork performed under this seotion. The neoessary clearing and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed 1.vill be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross section, unless otherwise approved to the Engineer. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure a shown on the typical cross section or as directed. Materials such as brush, hedge, roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or buried in the embankment. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layer shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. In order to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer, wetting or drying of the material and manipulation shall be required when necessary. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all of the affected portions of the embankment shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling of dry material to obtain the proper moisture content shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken for each 1000 cubic yards. Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods, materials or moisture content in order to achieve the correct embankment density. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90 percent of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D 2922. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 8" and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 2922. ASTM D 2922 shall be checked by ASTM D 1556, at the rate of one ASTM D 1556 for every ten ASTM D 2922 tests. A minimum of one ASTM D 1556 shall be performed.for every type of material tested with ASTM D 2922. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches (100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556, eF ASTM D 2167, or ASTM D 2922. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-5 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another until the · proper density is obtained . During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his/her equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same, time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable leveling equipment and by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. These type lifts shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet (120 cm) below the finished subgrade. Density requirements will not apply to portions of embankments constructed of materials which cannot be tested in accordance with specified methods. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. 152-2.7 FINISHING AND PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. After the subgrade has been substantially completed the full width shall be conditioned by removing any soft or other unstable material which will not compact properly. The resulting areas and all other low areas, holes or depressions shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect the subgrade from damage. He/she shall limit hauling over the finished subgrade to that which is essential for construction purposes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-6 Rehabilitation of Tax iway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility /i All ruts or rough places that develop in a completed subgrade shall be smoothed and recompacted. No subbase, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. 152-2.8 HAUL. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. Its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved. No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-2.9 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2-inch, or shall not be more than 0.05-foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On runway safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. 152-2.10 TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T-905, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 500 feet of runway pavement CL or 160 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping, the material shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905. No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed directly or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation." When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Topsoiling," as provided in Item T-905. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-7 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. 152 3.2 Borrov.i material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of oubio yards measured in its original position at the borrow pit. 152 3.3 Stockpiled material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of oubio yards (oubio meters) measured in the stool<piled position as soon as the material has been stockpiled. 152-3.4 For payment specified by the cubic yard, measurement for all excavation shall be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground line established by field cross sections and the final theoretical pay line established by excavation cross sections shown on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all excavation operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, the final excavation shall be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding 500 linear feet. Final field cross sections shall be employed if the following changes have been made: a. Plan width of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 1.0 foot; or b. Plan elevations of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 0.5 foot. 152-3.5 Select fill shall be measured by the cubic yard complete, in place and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 For "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152.4.2 For select fill, payment shall be made at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor. equipment. tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.152 4.2 For "Rook Exoavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit prise per oubio yard (cubio meter). This prise shall be full oompensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and inoidentals neoessary to complete the item. 152 4.3 For "Muck Excavation". payment shall be made at the oontraot unit prise per cubio yard (oubio meter). This prise shall be full oompensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and inoidentals necessary to complete the item. 152 4.4 For "Drainage Excavation" payment shall be made at the oontraot unit prise per oubio yard (cubic meter). This prise shall be full oompensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals neoessary to complete the item. 152 4.5 For "Borrow Excavation" payment shall be made at the oontraot unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-8 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 152 4.6 For "Stockpiled Material" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152 4.7 For "Embankment in Place" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Item P-152-4.2 Item P 152 4.2 Item P 152 4.3 Item P 152 4.4 Item P 152 4.5 Item P 152 4.6 Item P 152 4.7 ASTM D 698 ASTM D 1556 ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 2167 ASTM D 2922 ASTM D 6023 Unclassified Excavation --per cubic yard Select Fill -per cubic yard Rock Excavation per cubic yard (cubic meter) Muck Excavation per cubic yard (cubic meter) Drainage Excavation per cubic yard (cubic meter) BorrcYN Excavation per cubic yard (cubic meter) Stockpiled material per cubic yard (cubic meter) Embankment in Place per cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS Tests for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-pound Rammer and 12-inch Drop Test for Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone Method Tests for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 10-pound Rammer and 18-inch Drop Test for Density of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, Cement Content and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) END OF ITEM P-152 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-152-9 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING 1. Delete all references to Engineer and substitute with "Owner'' or "Owner's Authorized Representative". 2. Delete Section 905-1.1 and substitute the following: Section 905-1.1. This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application and placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 3. Delete the first sentence in Section 905-2.1 and substitute the following: Topsoil shall be the surface layer with no admixture or refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stone (2-inches or more in diameter), clay lumps, or similar objects as determined by the Owner's Representative. 4. Delete Section 905-3.1 and substitute the following: 905-3.1 GENERAL. All areas that are disturbed due to grading but are not paved shall be topsoiled. Additionally, subsequent to its removal, the area for the stabilized construction exit shall be topsoiled. 5. Delete the last paragraph of Section 905-3.3 and substitute the following: Topsoil will be available on-site at the location(s) on Airport property designated by the Owner's Representative. 6. Delete the first paragraph of Section 905-3.4 and substitute the following: The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of 4 inches after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. 7. Delete Section 905-4.1 and substitute the following: 905-4.1. Topsoil shall be measured by the number of cubic yard of topsoil at the four (4) inch depth in locations required by this specification or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 8. Delete Sections 905-5.1 and 905-5.2 and substitute the following: 905-5.1. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for topsoiling at the required depth complete in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, equipment, and labor for stripping, stockpiling, transporting from stockpile, preparation of surface, placing, spreading, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-T-905-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Payment will be made under: Item T-905-5.1 Topsoiling (Obtained by Contractor On-Site or Removed from Stockpile or Borrow), complete -per cubic yard. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-T-905-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING DESCRIPTION 905-1.1 This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or areas to be stripped on the site or from approved sources off the site, and placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 905-2.1 TOPSOIL. Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or more in diameter), clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation which will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth such as grass and weeds are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. The topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise specified or approved, shall have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance with the methods of testing of the association of official agricultural chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content shall be not less than 3% nor more than 20% as determined by the wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). there shall be not less than 20% nor more than 80% of the material passing the 200 mesh (0.075 mm) sieve as determined by the wash test in accordance with ASTM C117. Natural topsoil may be amended by the Contractor with approved materials and methods to meet the above specifications. 905-2.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS. Within 10 days following acceptance of the bid, the Engineer shall be notified of the source of topsoil to be furnished by the Contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to determine if the selected soil meets the requirements specified and to determine the depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, the Contractor may be required to take representative soil samples from several locations within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping depths, for testing purposes as specified in 905-2.1. · CONSTRUCTION METHODS 905-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be topsoiled shall be shown on the plans. If topsoil is available on the site, the location of the stockpiles or areas to be stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the Engineer before the various operations are started. 905-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs or spike-tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the Engineer, to a minimum depth of 2 inches (50 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport T-905-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility mm) to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification . Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established by others as shown on the plans, shall be maintained in a true and even condition . Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and properly compacted condition to prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low places or pockets where water will stand. 905-3.3 OBTAINING TOPSOIL. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from designated areas, any vegetation, briars, stumps and large roots, rubbish or stones found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be removed using methods approved by the Engineer. Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means shall be removed. When suitable topsoil is available on the site, the Contractor shall remove this material from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the Engineer. The topsoil shall be spread on areas already tilled and smooth-graded, or stockpiled in areas approved by the Engineer. Any topsoil stockpiled by the Contractor shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation . Any topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site by others, and is required for topsoiling purposes, shall be removed and placed by the Contractor. The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent thereto which have been disturbed by the Contractor shall be graded if required and put into a condition acceptable for seeding. When suitable topsoil is secured off the airport site, the Contractor shall locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations in order that necessary measurements and tests can be made. The Contractor shall remove the topsoil from approved areas and to the depth as directed. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed for spreading, or spread as required . Any topsoil hauled to the site of the work and stockpiled shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation . 905-3.4 PLACING TOPSOIL. The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of 2 inches (50 mm) after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shall be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed with a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. After spreading, any large, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with a pulverizer or by other effective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches (50 mm) or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the Contractor. After spreading is completed, the topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or by other means approved by the Engineer. The compacted topsoil surface shall conform to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. Any topsoil or other dirt falling upon pavements as a result of hauling or handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport T-905-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 905-4.1 Topsoil obtained on the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil stockpiled by others and removed for topsoiling by the Contractor shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in the stockpile. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards (cubic meters) computed by the method of end areas. 905-4.2 Topsoil obtained off the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards (meters) computed by the method of end areas. BASIS OF PAYMENT 905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard ( cubic meter) for topsoiling (obtained on the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 905-5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for topsoiling (obtained off the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item . Payment will be made under: Item T-905-5.1 Topsoiling (Obtained on Site or Removed from Stoc~pile--per cubic yard ( cubic meter) END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport T-905-3 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility SPECIAL PROVISIONS ITEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUBGRADE The Work under this Item shall conform to the requirements of Item P-155 with the following modifications and additions: 1. 155-3.1 COMPOSITION. Delete the Paragraph in its entirety and replace with the following Paragraph: a. "Lime shall be applied at the rate specified on the Plans for the depth of subgrade treatment shown. The rate of application of lime is estimated at 8 percent by dry weight and shall have a minimum application rate of 8 percent." 2. 155-6.3 MIXING. Delete Paragraph a., First Mixing, in its entirety and replace with the following Paragraphs a: a. "a. First Mixing. The depth of the treated subgrade , each layer if applicable, shall be mixed with an approved mixing machine. Lime shall not be left exposed for more than 6 hours. The mixing machine shall make two coverages. Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing to provide moisture content within a minimum of 2 percent above the optimum moisture of the material when compacted to the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 and to ensure chemical action of the lime and subgrade. After mixing, the subgrade shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum of 72 hours or until the material becomes friable. During the curing period, the material shall be sprinkled with water to maintain moisture content of 5 percent above the optimum moisture content. The maximum depth for mixing shall not exceed 9 inches. During the interval of time between application and mixing, lime that has been exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment." 3. 155-6.4 COMPACTION. First paragraph, second sentence. Replace "93 percent" with "98 percent" END OF ITEM P-155 SP-P-155 1 of 1 Lime-Treated Subgrade ITEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUBGRADE DESCRIPTION 155-1.1 This item shall consist of constructing one or more courses of a mixture of soil , lime, and water in accordance with this specification, and in conformity with the lines , grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans . MATERIALS 155-2.1 HYDRATED LIME. All lime shall be manufactured high-calcium quicklime, low-calcium quicklime, or hydrated lime, as defined by ASTM C 51, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C 977 . By product lime or any form of calcium oxide (CaO), calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH)2), magnesium oxide (MgO) or magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH)2), alone or in combination, that are not directly produced from quicklime produced from calcining limestone, shall not be permitted . 155-2.2 COMMERCIAL LIME SLURRY. Commercial lime slurry shall be a pumpable suspension of solids in water . The water or liquid portion of the slurry shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity naturally injur ious or objectionable for the purpose intended . The solids portion of the mixture, when considered on the basis of " solids content," shall consist principally of hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to meet the following requirements as to chemical composition and residue . a. Chemical Composition. The "solids content" of the lime sluny shall cons ist of a minimum of 70%, by weight, of calcium and magnesium oxides . b. Residue. The percent by weight of residue retained in the "solids content" of lime sluny shall conform to the following requirements: Residue retained on a No . 6 (3360 micron) sieve------Max. 0.0% Residue retained on a No. IO (2000 micron) sieve -----Max. 1.0% Residue retained on a No. 30 (590 micron) sieve ------Max . 2 .5% c. Grade. Commercial lime sluny shall conform to one of the following two grades : Grade I . The '' dty solids content" shall be at least 31 % by weight, of the sluny . Grade 2 . The "d1y solids content" shall be at least 35%, by weight, of the slurry . 155-2.3 WATER. Water used for mixing or curing shall be reasonably clean and free of oil , salt, acid, alkali , sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. 155-2.4 SOIL. The soil for this work shall consist of materials on the site or selected materials from other sources and shall be uniform in quality and gradation, and shall be approved by the Engineer. The soil shall be free of roots, sod, weeds, and stones larger than 2-1/2 inches (60 mm). COMPOSITION 155-3.1 LIME. Lime shall be applied at the rate specified on the plans for the depth of subgrade treatment shown. P-155 1 of 5 Lime-Treated Subgrade 155-3.2 TOLERANCES. At final compaction, the lime and water content for each course of subgrade treatment shall conform to the following tolerances: Material Lime Water Tolerance +0.5% +2%,-0% WEATHER LIMITATIONS 155-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATION. The lime-treated subgrade shall not be mixed while the atmospheric temperature is below 40 F (4 C) or when conditions indicate that temperatures may fall below 40 F (4 C) within 24 hours, when it is foggy or rainy, or when soil or subgrade is frozen . EQUIPMENT 155-5.1 EQUIPMENT. The equipment required shall include all equipment necessary to complete this item such as: grading and scarifying equipment, a spreader for the lime or lime slurry, mixing or pulverizing equipment, sheepsfoot and pneumatic or vibrating rollers , sprinkling equipment, and trucks . CONSTRUCTION METHODS 155-6.1 GENERAL. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed subgrade containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas , of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth, and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his/her work , to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work , and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Prior to beginning any lime treatment , the subgrade shall be constructed and brought to grade as specified in Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" and shall be shaped to confo1m to the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the plans. The material to be treated shall then be excavated to the secondary grade (proposed bottom of lime treatment) and removed or windrowed to expose the secondary grade. Any wet or unstable materials below the secondary grade shall be corrected, as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting until it is of uniform stability. The excavated material shall then be spread to the desired cross section . If the Contractor elects to use a cutting and pulverizing machine that will remove the subgrade material accurately to the secondary grade and pulverize the material at the same time, he will not be required to expose the secondary grade nor windrow the material. However, the Contractor shall be required to roll the subgrade, as directed by the Engineer, and correct any soft areas that this rolling may reveal before using the pulverizing machine. This method will be permitted only where a machine is provided which will ensure that the material is cut uniformly to the proper depth and wh ich has cutters that will plane the secondary grade to a smooth surface over the entire width of the cut. The machine must give visible indication at all times that it is cutting to the proper depth . 155-6.2 APPLICATION. Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. The application and mixing of lime with the soil shall be accomplished by the methods hereinafter described as "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing." When hydrated lime is specified , the Contractor may use either method. a. Dry Placing. The lime shall be spread uniformly over the top of the subgrade by an approved screw-type spreader box or other approved spreading equipment. The amount of lime spread shall be the P-155 2 of 5 Lime-Treated Subgrade amount required for mixing to the specified depth that will result in the percentage determined in the job mix formula. The lime shall be distributed in such manner that scattering by wind will be minimal. Lime shall not be applied when wind conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are detrimental to a proper application. A motor grader shall not be used to spread the lime. The material shall be sprinkled, as directed by the Engineer, until the proper moisture content has been reached. b. Slurry Placing. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Commercial lime slurry shall be applied with a lime percentage not less than that applicable for the grade used. The distribution of lime shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of subgrade until the proper amount of lime has been spread. The amount of lime spread shall be the amount required for mixing to the specified depth that will result in the percentage determined in the job mix formula. The distributor truck shall continually agitate the slurry to keep the mixture uniform. 155-6.3 MIXING. The mixing procedure shall be the same for "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing" as hereinafter described: a. First Mixing. The full depth of the treated subgrade shall be mixed with an approved mixing machine. Lime shall not be left exposed for more than 6 hours. The mixing machine shall make two coverages . Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing to provide a moisture content above the optimum moisture of the material and to ensure chemical action of the lime and subgrade. After mixing, the subgrade shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum of 48 hours or until the material becomes friable. During the curing period, the material shall be sprinkled as directed . During the interval of time between application and mixing, lime that has been exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment. b. Final Mixing. After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying, or the use of other approved pulverization methods so that the remainder of the clods shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory sieves: Minimum of clods passing 1-1/2\ inch sieve Minimum of clods passing No. 4 sieve Percent 100 60 155-6.4 COMPACTION. Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide optimum moisture. The field density of the compacted mixture shall be at least 93 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples taken from the material in place. The specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 698. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922. Any mixture that has not been compacted shall not be left undisturbed for more than 30 minutes . The moisture content of the mixture at the start of compaction shall not be below nor more than 2 percentage points above the optimum moisture content. The optimum moisture content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 698 and shall be less than that amount which will cause the mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. The material shall be sprinkled and rolled as directed by the Engineer. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots that develop shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing material as required, and reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. The surface of the course shall be maintained in a smooth condition, free from undulations and ruts, until other work is placed thereon or the work is accepted. P-155 3 of 5 Lime-Treated Subgrade In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed, tests will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked to meet these requirements. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface upon completion shall be smooth and shall conform with the typical section shown on th e plans and to the established lines and grades. Should the material , due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, and finish before the next course is placed or the work is accepted , it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. When nuclear gages are to be used for density determination , testing shall be done in accordance with Section 120. 155-6.5 FINISHING AND CURING. After the final layer or course of lime-treated subgrade has been compacted , it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical sections . The completed section shall then be finished by rolling, as directed , with a pneumatic or other suitable roller sufficiently light to prevent hair cracking. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch (9 mm) when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 meter) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the pavement centerline . Any variations in excess of this tolerance shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his/her own expense, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The completed section shall be moist-cured for a minimum of 7 days before further courses are added or any traffic is permitted , unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Subsequent courses shall be applied within 14 days after the lime-treated subgrade is cured. 155-6.6 THICKNESS. The thickness of the lime-treated subgrade shall be detennined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards (250 square meters). When the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch (12 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall replace , at his/her expense, the base materi a l where borings are taken for test purposes . 155-6.7 MAINTENANCE. The Contractor shall maintain, at his/her own expense, the entire lime-tre ated subgrade in good condition from the start of work until all the work has been completed, cured , and accepted by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 155-7.1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the number of square yards (square meters) completed and accepted . 155-7.2 The amount of lime to be paid for shall be the number of tons (kg) of Hydrated Lime, or the calculated equiva lent thereof, used as author ized . "Calculated Equivalent" will be determined by the Engineer as follows : a. Hydrated lime delivered to the project in dry form will be measured according to the actual tonnage either spread on the subgrade or batched on site into a slurry, whichever is applicable. b. Lime deli vered to the project in slurry form will be paid for on the basis of certified chemica l composition tickets and batch weight tickets . The owner shall reserve the right to have the dry lime content verified by an independent testing laboratory . If the chemica l composition is reported on the basis of Pebble Quicklime, the equivalent hydrated lime will be detennined in accordance with paragraph c . below. c. If Pebble Quicklime is delivered to the project in dry form it will be measured for payment on the basis of the following formula : P-155 4 of 5 Lime-Treated Subgrade Total Quicklime (CaO)(Tons) x %Purity x 1.32 Factor + Total Quicklime (CaO)(Tons) x % Impurities x 1.00 Factor= Equivalent Hydrated Lime Ca(OH)2(Tons). The foregoing will apply whether the quicklime is spread dry (if allowed) or batched into a slurry. BASIS OF PAYMENT 155-8.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard (square meter) for the lime-treated subgrade of the thickness specified. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, except the lime, and for all preparation, delivering, placing and mixing these materials, and all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. 155-8.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per pound (kg) of lime. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing this material; for all delivery, placing and incorporation of this material; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-155-8.1 Lime-treated subgrade-per square yard (square meter) Item P-155-8 .2 Lime-per pound (kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 698 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305 mm) Drop ASTM D 1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D 2922 Density of Soil in Place by the Nuclear Density Method AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete ASTM C 977 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil Stabilization END OF ITEM P-155 P-155 5 of 5 Lime-Treated Subgrade ITEM U-100 UTILITY ADJUSTMENTS DESCRIPTION 100-1.1 SCOPE. This item consists of adjustments of existing utilities in areas to be improved . This item shall include , but not be limited to, the adjustment of storm and sanitary sewer manholes/cleanouts, water lines , vaults , valves and inlets, gate loop detector, and any other utilities encountered. Gate loop detectors at entrance gate from Hwy 1187 and Wildcat Way are required to be demolished and replaced as part of this contract. New pavement will be placed in this area . The contractor will be required to install new loop detectors which are compatible with existing gate system . This includes all necessary wiring, pavement cuts and coordination with gate controls . MATERIALS 100-2.1 Valve covers, riser pipe , fittings and manhole covers removed from appurtenances to be adjusted may be reused if approved by the Owner. 100-2.2 New va lve risers, fittings and covers (if required) shall conform to the requirements of Item U-102 , Water Lines . 100-2.3 Manholes shall be adjusted as shown on the construction plans. Manhole rings, frames, covers and grates shall conform to the requirements of Item D-751 , Manholes , Catch Basins , Inlets and Inspection Holes . The Contractor shall submit documentation to the Engineer to show that rings, frames, covers and grates conform to sa id requirements. 100-2.4 All required concrete shall conform to requirements of Item P-610 , Structural Portland Cement Concrete . 100-2.5 All requ ired appurtenances shall conform to the applicable utility company requirements and standards . CONSTRUCTION METHODS 100-3.1 Utility appurtenances encountered by the Contractor during the construction of this project shall be adjusted by the Contractor as needed to permit construction and to conform to the finished grades on the project. 100-3.2 All existing utilities must be protected during the adjustment and construction operations. Any damage or loss to facilities will be the respons i bility of the Contractor. Damaged or lost parts will be replaced with parts conforming to the applicable specifications . Any interruption of service caused by the Contractor's operation must be repa ired immediately. U-100 1 of 2 Utility Adjustments 100-3.3 Manholes to be adjusted shall conform to Item D-751 , Manholes, Catch Basins, Inlets and Inspection Holes . 100-3.4 Water valves to be adjusted shall conform to Item U-102 , Water Lines . 100-3.5 Electrical, communication, telephone, lighting or NAVAID lines to be adjusted shall conform the to requirements of the utility company specifications. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 100-4.1 Utility appurtenances including valves, manholes , cleanouts, meters vaults, and telephone risers to be adjusted as called out on plans and in proposal shall be measured by the unit 100-4.2 The gate loop detectors shall be measured by the lump sum . BASIS OF PAYMENT 100-5.1 The adjustment of the various utility appurtenances shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation , excavation, backfilling and placing of materials ; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to comp lete the item ; and for all labor, equipment, tools, materials and incidentals necessary. 100-5.2 The installation of gate loop detectors shall be paid for at the contract price per lump sum . This price shall be full compensation for all trenching , saw cutting, and backfilling required to adjust and/or relocate said lines including detector wire, joint sealant; and for all labor, equipment, tools, materials and incidentals necessary to complete this item. END OF ITEM U-100 U-100 2 of 2 Utility Adjustments SPECIAL PROVISIONS ITEM P-401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS The Work under this Item shall conform to the requirements of Item P-401 with the following modifications and additions : 1. 401-4.10 Add to the 3rd paragraph the following : a . "stockpiling of HMAC prior to dumping into hopper is prohibited" 2. 401-5.2.b.(6) Delete the 3 rct and 4th sentence starting with "The Contractor ..... " and ending with " ...... the Contractor to the Engineer" END OF ITEM P-401 SP-P-401 1 of 1 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements ITEM P-401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS DESCRIPTION 401-1.l This item shall consist of pavement courses composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, and elevation required by the plans and shall be rolled, finished, and approved before the placement of the next course . MATERIALS 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or without natural sand or other inert finely divided mineral aggregate. The portion of combined materials retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve is coarse aggregate. The portion of combined materials passing the No. 4 (4 .75 mm) sieve and retained on the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is fine aggregate, and the portion passing the No. 200 (0 .075 mm) sieve is mineral filler. a. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough , durable particles, free from adherent films of matter that would prevent thorough coating and bond ing with the bituminous material and be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed IO percent, or the magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 13 percent, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88 . Aggregate shall contain at least (501 percent by weight of individual pieces having two or more fractured faces and (651 percent by weight having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces . Fractured faces shall be obtained by crushing. The aggregate shall not contain more than a total of 8 percent, by weight, of flat particles, elongated particles, and flat and elongated particles, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791 with a value of 5: I. Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot (1.12 mg/cubic meter) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29 . b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable, angular shaped particles produced by crushing stone , slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and shall contain no clay balls . The fine aggregate, including any blended material for the fine aggregate, shall have a plasticity index of not more than 6 and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 . Natural (nonmanufactured) sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate blend or to improve the workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements of this specification. [The fine aggregate shall not contain more than 15 percent natural sand by weight of total aggregates.] If used, the natural sand shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 1073 and shall P-401 I of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements have a plasticity index of not more than 6 and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The aggregate shall have sand equivalent values of ( 45 I or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. c. Sampling. ASTM D 75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate, and ASTM C 183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler . 401-2.2 MINERAL FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 242. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall conform to the following requirements: (AASHTO M320 Performance Grade (PG) 70-22). The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each lot of bituminous material shipped to the project. The vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material can be used for acceptance or tested independently by the Engineer. 401-2.4 PRELIMINARY MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to delivery of materials to the job site, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for the following materials: a. Coarse Aggregate. (1) Percent of wear. (2) Soundness. (3) Unit weight of slag. ( 4) Percent fractured faces. b. Fine Aggregate. (1) Liquid limit. (2) Plasticity index. (3) Sand equivalent. c. Mineral Filler. d. Bituminous Material. Test results for bituminous material shall include temperature/viscosity charts for mixing and compaction temperatures. The certification(s) shall show the appropriate ASTM test(s) for each material, the test results , and a statement that the material meets the specification requirement. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. 401-2.5 ANTI-STRIPPING AGENT. Any anti-stripping agent or additive if required shall be heat stable, shall not change the asphalt cement viscosity beyond specifications, shall contain no harmful ingredients, shall be added in recommended proportion by approved method, and shall be a material approved by the Department of Transportation of the State in which the project is located. P-40 1 2 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - COMPOSITION 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bituminous plant mi x shall be composed of a mixture of well -graded aggregate, filler and anti-strip agent if required, and bituminous material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, handled in separate size groups, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula (JMF). 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bituminous mixture for payment shall be produced until a job mix formula has been approved in writing by the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using procedures contained in Chapter 5, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN, of the Asphalt Institute's Manual Series No . 2 (MS-2), Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete, sixth edition . The design criteria in Table I are target values necessary to meet the acceptance requirements contained in paragraph 40 l-5 .2b. The criteria is based on a production process which has a material variability with the following standard deviations : Stability (lbs .)= 270 Flow (0 .0 I inch) = l .5 Air Voids(%)= 0 .65 If material variability exceeds the standard deviations indicated, the job mix formula and subsequent production targets shall be based on a stability greater than shown in Table I, and the flow and air voids shall be targeted close to the mid-range of the criteria in order to meet the acceptance requirements . Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) of the composite mixture , as determined by ASTM D 4867, shall not be less than 75. Anti-stripping agent shall be added to the asphalt, as necessary, to produce a TSR of not less than 75. If an antistrip agent is required, it will be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The job mix formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least I 21 I days prior to the start of paving operations and shall include as a minimum: a. Percent passing each sieve size for total combined gradation, individual gradation of all aggregate stockpiles and percent by weight of each stockpile used in the job mix formula . b. Percent of asphalt cement. c. Asphalt performance, viscosity or penetration grade, and type of modifier if used . d. Number of blows of hammer compaction per side of molded specimen. e. Mixing temperature. f. Compaction temperature. g. Temperature of mix when discharged from the mixer. h. Temperature-viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement. i. Plot of the combined gradation on the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 45 power gradation curve. j. Graphical plots of stability, flow, air voids, voids in the mineral aggregate, and unit weight versus asphalt content. k. Percent natural sand. P-401 3 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements I. Percent fractured faces . m. Percent by weight of flat particles, elongated particles , and flat and elongated particles (and criteria). n. Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR). p. Antistrip agent (if required). q. Date the job mix formula was developed. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of verification testing of three (3) asphalt samples prepared at the optimum asphalt content. The average of the results of this testing shall indicate conformance with the job mix formula requirements specified in Tables I , 2 and 3. When the project requires asphalt mixtures of differing aggregate gradations, a separate job mix formula and the results of job mix formula verification testing must be submitted for each mix. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until a modification is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula must be submitted within [10] days and approved by the Engineer in writing before the new material is used . After the initial production job mix formula(s) has/have been approved by the Engineer and a new or modified job mix formula is required for whatever reason, the subsequent cost of the Engineer 's approval of the new or modified job mix formula will be borne by the Contractor. There will be no time extension given or considerations for extra costs associated with the stoppage of production paving or restart of production paving due to the time needed for the Engineer to approve the initial, new or modified job mix formula. TABLE 1. MARSHALL DESIGN CRITERIA TEST PROPERTY Number of blows Stability, pounds (newtons) minimum (newtons) minimum Flow, 0 .0 I in. (0.25 mm) Air voids (percent) Percent voids in mineral aggregate, minimum Pavements Designed for Aircraft Gross Weights Less Than 60,000 Lbs. or Tire Pressures Less Than 100 Psi 50 1350 (6005) 10-18 2.8-4.2 See Table 2 TABLE 2. MINIMUM PERCENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE P-401 4 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - Maximum Particle Size Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate, percent in. Yi 'Y.i l I-Yi mm 12 .5 19 .0 25 .0 37.5 Percent 16 15 14 13 The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory sieves, will confonn to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and C 117 . The gradations in Table 3 represent the limits that shall determine the suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The aggregate, as selected (and used in the JMF), shall have a gradation within the limits designated in Table 3 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa, but shall be well graded from coarse to fine. Deviations from the final approved mix design for bitumen content and gradation of aggregates shall be within the action limits for individual measurements as specified in paragraph 40l-6 .5a. The limits still will apply if they fall outside the master grading band in Table 3. The maximum size aggregate used shall not be more than one-half of the thickness of the course being constructed except where otherwise shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer. TABLE 3. AGGREGATE -BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Sieve Size I-Yi in . (37 .50 mm) I in. (25 .0 mm) 3;:i in . (19.0 mm) Yi in . (12.5 mm) 3/s in . (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4 .75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No . 30 (0 .60 mm) No . 50 (0.30 mm) No . 100 (0 .15 mm) No . 200 (0.075 mm) Asphalt percent Stone or gravel Sia Percentage by Weight Passing Sieve 100 79-99 68-88 48-68 33-53 20-40 14-30 9-21 6-16 3-6 5 .0-7.5 6 .5-9 .5 The aggregate gradations shown are based on aggregates of uniform specific gravity. The percentages passing the various sieves shall be corrected when aggregates of varying specific gravities are used , as indicated in the Asphalt Institute Manual Series No . 2 (MS-2), Chapter 3 . 401-3.3 RECYCLED ASPHALT CONCRETE. Recycled HMA shall consist of reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler, and asphalt cement. The RAP shall be of a consistent gradation and asphalt content and properties . When RAP is fed into the plant, the maximum RAP chunk size shall not exceed 2 inches. The recycled HMA mix shall be designed using procedures contained in AI MS-02. The recycled asphalt concrete mix shall be designed using procedures contained in the Asphalt Institute 's Manual P-401 5 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - Series Number 2 (MS-2). The percentage of asphalt in the RAP shall be established for the mixture design according to ASTM D 2 I 72 using the appropriate dust correction procedure. The job mix shall meet the requirements of paragraph 401-3 .2 RAP should only be used for shoulder surface course mixes and for any intermediate courses. The amount of RAP shall be limited to (30] percent. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 401-3 .2, the job mix formula shall indicate the percent of reclaimed asphalt pavement and the percent and viscosity grade of new asphalt. The Contractor shall submit documentation to the Engineer, indicating that the mixing equipment proposed for use is adequate to mix the percent of RAP shown in the job mix formula and meet all local and national environmental regulations . The blend of new asphalt cement and the RAP asphalt binder shall meet the requirements in paragraph 401-2.3. The virgin asphalt cement shall not be more than two standard asphalt material grades different than that specified in paragraph 401-2.3 401-3.4 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare and place a quantity of bituminous mixture according to the job mix formula . The amount of mixture shall be sufficient to construct a test section (300) long and 125 J wide, placed in two lanes, with a longitudinal cold joint, and shall be of the same depth specified for the construction of the course which it represents. A cold joint is an exposed construction joint at least 4 hours old or whose mat has cooled to less than I 60° F. The underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be constructed shall be the same as the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The equipment used in construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the remainder of the course represented by the test section. THE TEST SECTION SHALL BE EVALUATED FOR ACCEPTANCE AS A SINGLE LOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA IN PARAGRAPH 401-5 .1 AND 401-6.3 . THE TEST SECTION SHALL BE DIVIDED INTO EQUAL SUBLOTS . AS A MINIMUM THE TEST SECTION SHALL CONSIST OF 3 SUBLOTS. The test section shall be considered acceptable if; 1) stability , flow, mat density, air voids, and joint density are 90 percent or more within limits, 2) gradation and asphalt content are within the action limits specified in paragraphs 401-6.Sa and 5b, and 3) the voids in the mineral aggregate are within the limits of Table 2. If the initial test section should prove to be unacceptable, the necessary adjustments to the job mix formula, plant operation, placing procedures, and/or rolling procedures shall be made. A second test section shall then be placed. If the second test section also does not meet specification requirements, both sections shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Additional test sections, as required, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specifications. Any additional sections that are not acceptable shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full production shall not begin until an acceptable section has been constructed and accepted in writing by the Engineer. Once an acceptable test section has been placed , payment for the initial test section and the section that meets specification requirements shall be made in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1. Job mix control testing shall be performed by the Contractor at the sta1t of plant production and in conjunction with the calibration of the plant for the job mix formula. If aggregates produced by the plant do not satisfy the gradation requirements or produce a mix that meets the JMF. It will be necessary to reevaluate and redesign the mix using plant-produced aggregates. Specimens shall be prepared and the optimum bitumen content determined in the same manner as for the original design tests. P-401 6 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements Contractor will not be allowed to place the test section until the Contractor Quality Control Program, showing conformance with the requirements of Paragraph 401-6 .1, has been approved, in writing, by the Engineer. 401-3.5 TESTING LABORATORY. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the job mix formula shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666 including the requirement to be accredited by a national authority such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP). Laboratory personnel shall meet the requirements of Section I 00 of the General Provisions . A certification signed by the manager of the laboratory stating that it meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of construction. The certification shall contain as a minimum: a. Qualifications of personnel; laboratory manager, supervising technician, and testing technicians. b. A listing of equipment to be used in developing the job mix. c. A copy of the laboratory's quality control system . d. Evidence of participation in the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program. e. ASTM D 3666 certification of accreditation by a nationally recognized accreditation program. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bituminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified in Table 4. The temperature requirements may be waived by the Engineer, if requested; however, all other requirements including compaction shall be met. TABLE 4. BASE TEMPERATURE LIMIT A TIO NS Mat Thickness 3 in . (7.5 cm) or greater Greater than I in . (2.5 cm) but less than 3 in . (7.5 cm) l in. (2 .5 cm) or less Base Temperature (Minimum) Deg. F Deg. C 40 4 45 7 50 10 401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 995 with the following changes: a. Requirements for All Plants. (I) Truck Scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the Contractor, or on certified public scales at the Contractor's expense. Scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems necessary to assure their accuracy. Scales shall conform to the requirements of the General Provisions, Section 90-01. In lieu of scales, and as approved by the Engineer, asphalt mixture weights may be determined by the use of an electronic weighing system equipped with an automatic printer that weighs the total paving mixture. Contractor must furnish calibration certification of the weighing system prior to mix production and as often thereafter as requested by the Engineer. (2) Testing Facilities. The Contractor shall provide laboratory facilities at the plant for the use of the Engineer's acceptance testing and the Contractor's quality control testing. The Engineer will always have P-401 7 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements priority in the use of the laboratory. The lab shall have sufficient space and equipment so that both testing representatives (Engineer's and Contractor's) can operate efficiently. The lab shall also meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666 . The plant testing laboratory shall have a floor space area of not less than 150 square feet, with a ceiling height of not less than 7-1/z feet. The laboratory shall be weather tight, sufficiently heated in cold weather, air-conditioned in hot weather to maintain temperatures for testing purposes of 70 degrees F +/-5 degrees F. The plant testing laboratory shall be located on the plant site to provide an unobstructed view, from one of its windows, of the trucks being loaded with the plant mix materials . Laboratory facilities shall be kept clean, and all equipment shall be maintained in proper working condition. The Engineer shall be permitted unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory facility and witness quality control activities. The Engineer will advise the Contractor in writing of any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment, supplies, or testing personnel and procedures . When the deficiencies are serious enough to be adversely affecting the test results, the incorporation of the materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be permitted to resume until the deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected. As a minimum, the plant testing laboratory shall have : (a) Adequate artificial lighting (b) Electrical outlets sufficient in number and capacity for operating the required testing equipment and drying samples . (c) Fire extinguishers (2), Underwriter's Laboratories approved (d) Work benches for testing , minimum 2-1/z feet by IO feet. (e) Desk with 2 chairs (t) Sanitary facilities convenient to testing laborat01y (g) Exhaust fan to outside air, minimum 12 inch blade diameter {h) A direct telephone line and telephone including a FAX machine operating 24 hours per day, seven days per week (i) File cabinet with lock for Engineer U) Sink with running water, attached drain board and drain capable of handling separate material (k) Metal stand for holding washing sieves (I) Two element hot plate or other comparable heating device, with dial type thermostatic controls for drying aggregates (m) Mechanical shaker and appropriate sieves (listed in JMF, Table 3) meeting the requirements of ASTM E-11 for determining the gradation of coarse and fine aggregates in accordance with ASTM C 136 (n) Marshall testing equipment meeting ASTM D 6926, ASTM D 6927, automatic compaction equipment capable of compacting three specimens at once and other apparatus as specified in ASTM C 127 , D 2172, D 2726, and D 2041 (o) Oven, thermostatically controlled, inside minimum I cubic foot (p) Two volumetric specific gravity flasks, 500 cc (q) Other necessary hand tools required for sampling and testing (r) Library containing contract specifications, latest ASTM volumes 4 .01, 4 .02, 4 .03 and 4.09, AASHTO standard specification parts I and II, and Asphalt Institute Publication MS-2 . (s) Equipment for Theoretical Specific Gravity testing including a 4,000 cc pycnometer, vacuum pump capable of maintaining 30 ml mercury pressure and a balance, 16-20 kilograms with accuracy of 0.5 grams (t) Extraction equipment, centrifuge and reflux types and ROTOflex equipment (u) A masonry saw with diamond blade for trimming pavement cores and samples (v) Telephone P-401 8 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements Approval of the plant and testing laboratory by the Engineer requires all facilities and equipment to be in good working order during production, sampling and testing. Failure to provide the specified facilities shall be sufficient cause for disapproving bituminous plant operations. The Owner shall have access to the lab and the plant whenever Contractor is in production. (3) Inspection of Plant. The Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, shall have access, at all times, to all areas of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions, and material properties; and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures. (4) Storage Bins and Surge Bins. Use of surge and storage bins for temporary storage of hot bituminous mixtures will be permitted as follows : (a) The bituminous mixture may be stored in surge bins for " period of time not to exceed 3 hours. (b) The bituminous mixture may be stored in insulated storage bins for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours. The bins shall be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requirements as mix loaded directly into trucks. If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segregation, or oxidation of the mixture due to temporary storage, no temporary storage will be allowed . 401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, and smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the truck beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution , or other approved material. Petroleum products shall not be used for coating truck beds. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be insulated or heated and covers shall be securely fastened . 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-propelled with an activated heated screed, capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material that will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. The paver shall have sufficient power to propel itself and the hauling equipment without adversely affecting the finished surface. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed without segregation. The screed shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. The paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line and/or through a system of mechanical sensors or sensor-directed mechanisms or devices that will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface . The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following attachments: a. Ski-type device of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length . b. Taut stringline (wire) set to grade. P-401 9 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements c. Short ski or shoe. d. Laser control. If, during construction, it is found that the spreading and finishing equipment in use leaves tracks or indented areas, or produces other blemishes in the pavement that are not satisfactorily corrected by the scheduled operations, the use of such equipment shall be discontinued and satisfactory equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. 401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers of the vibratory, steel wheel, and pneumatic-tired type shall be used. They shall be in good condition, capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the bituminous mixture . The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while it is still in a workable condition. All rollers shall be specifically designed and suitable for compacting hot mix bituminous concrete and shall be properly used. Rollers that impair the stability of any layer of a pavement structure or underlying soils shall not be used . Depressions in pavement surfaces caused by rollers shall be repaired by the Contractor at its own expense . The use of equipment that causes crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted . a. Nuclear Densometer. The Contractor shall have on site a nuclear densometer during all paving operations in order to assist in the determination of the optimum rolling pattern, type of roller and frequencies , as well as to monitor the effect of the rolling operations during production paving. The Contractor shall also supply a qualified technician during all paving operations to calibrate the nuclear densometer and obtain accurate density readings for all new bituminous concrete. These densities shall be supplied to the Engineer upon request at any time during construction. No separate payment will be made for supplying the density gauge and technician. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous material to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of the bituminous material delivered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles, but shall not exceed 325 degrees F ( 160 degrees C), unless otherwise required by the manufacturer. 401-4.7 PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixtu re shall be heated and dried prior to introduction into the mixer. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no damage occurs to the aggregates. The temperature of the aggregate and mineral filler shall not exceed 3 50 degrees F ( 175 degrees C) when the asphalt is added. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bituminous material shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the job mix formula . The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of bitumen and is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture . Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture, but not less than 25 seconds for batch plants. The wet mixing time for all plants shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated pa11icles described in ASTM D 2489, for each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The wet mixing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated particles . For continuous mix plants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer. The moisture content of all bituminous mixtures upon discharge shall not exceed 0.5 percent. P-401 10 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements 401-4.9 PREPARATION OF THE UNDERLYING SURFACE. Immed iately before placing the bituminous mixture, the underlying course shall be cleaned of all dust and debris. A prime coat or tack coat shall be applied in accordance with Item P-602 or P-603 , if shown on the plans . 401-4.10 LA YDOWN PLAN , TRANSPORTING, PLACING, AND FINISHING. Prior to the placement of the bituminous mixture, the Contractor shall prepare a laydown plan for approval by the Engineer. This is to minimize the number of cold joints in the pavement. The laydown plan shall include the sequence of paving laydown by stations, width of lanes, temporary ramp location(s), and laydown temperature. The laydown plan shall also include estimated time of completion for each portion of the work (i.e . milling, paving, rolling, cooling, etc .). Modifications to the laydown plan shall be approved by the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be transported from the mixing plant to the site in vehicles conforming to the requirements of paragraph 401-4 .3. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing and compacting of mixture is uniform with minimum stopping and starting of the paver. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been compacted, as specified , and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature . [The Contractor may elect to use a material transfer vehicle to deliver mix to the paver. I Paving during nighttime construction shall require the following : a. All paving machines , rollers, distribution truck s and other vehicles required by the Contractor for his operations shall be equipped with artificial illumination sufficient to safely complete the work . b. Minimum illumination level shall be twenty (20) horizontal foot candles and maintained in the following areas: (1) An area of 30 feet wide by 30 feet long immediately behind the paving machines during the operations of the machines . (2) An area 15 feet wide by 30 feet long immediately in front a nd back of all rolling equipment, during operation of the equipment. (3) An area 15 feet wide by 15 feet long at any point where an area is being tack coated prior to the placement of pavement. c. As paitial fulfillment of the above requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and use , complete artificial lighting units with a minimum capacity of 3,000 watt electric beam lights, affixed to all equipment in such a way to direct illumination on the area under construction. d. In addition , the Contractor shall furnish [ ] portable floodlight units similar or equal to [ ]. The initial placement and compaction of the mixture shall occur at a temperature suitable for obtaining density , surface smoothness, and other specified requirements but not less than 250 degrees F ( 121 degrees C). Edges of existing b ituminous pavement abutting the new work shall be saw cut and carefully removed as shown on the drawings and painted with bituminous tack coat before new material is placed against it. Upon arrival, the mixture shall be placed to the full width by a bituminous paver. It shall be struck off in a uniform layer o f such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required thickness and conform to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat. Unless otherwise permitted, placement of the mixture shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The mixture shall be placed in consecutive P-401 11 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - - adjacent strips having a minimum width of [12' I except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. Additional screed sections shall not be attached to widen paver to meet the minimum lane width requirements specified above unless additional auger sections are added to match. The longitudinal joint in one course shall offset the longitudinal joint in the course immediately below by at least I foot (30 cm); however, the joint in the surface top course shall be at the centerline of crowned pavements. Transverse joints in one course shall be offset by at least 10 feet (3 m) from transverse joints in the previous course. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet (3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the mixture may be spread and luted by hand tools . Areas of segregation in the surface course, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The area shall be removed by saw cutting and milling a minimum of2 inches deep. The area to be removed and replaced shall be a minimum width of the paver and a minimum of 10 feet long. 401-4.11 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After placing, the mixture shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by power rollers . The surface shall be compacted as soon as possible when the mixture has attained sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be sufficiently slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture and be effective in compaction . Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall continue until the surface is of uniform texture , true to grade and cross section, and the required field density is obtained . To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be equipped with a scraper and kept properly moistened but excessive water will not be permitted . In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with approved power driven tampers. Tampers shall weigh not less than 275 pounds, have a tamping plate width not less than 15 inches, be rated at not less than 4 ,200 vibrations per minute , and be suitably equipped with a standard tamping plate wetting device. Any mixture that becomes loose and broken , mixed with dirt, contains check-cracking, or in any way defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching shall not be allowed . 401-4.12 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a continuous bond between the courses and obtain the required density . All joints shall have the same texture as other sections of the course and meet the requirements for smoothness and grade . The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by tapering the course. The tapered edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a straight line to expose a vertical face prior to placing the adjacent lane . In both methods, all contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material before placing any fresh mixture against the joint. Longitudinal joints which are irregular, damaged, uncompacted, or otherwise defective [or which have been left exposed for more than 4 hours , or whose surface temperature has cooled to less than 160 ° F) shall be cut back [specify cutback] to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of the course. All contact surfaces shall be cleaned and dry prior and given a tack coat of bituminous material prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint. The cost of this work and tack coat shall be considered incidental to the cost of the bituminous course . P-401 12 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - 401-4.13 SKID RESISTANT SURFACES/SAW-CUT GROOVING. If shown on the plans, skid resistant surfaces for asphalt pavements shall be provided by construction of saw-cut grooves . Pavement shall be sufficiently cooled prior to grooving. Transverse grooves shall be saw-cut in the pavement forming a V4 inch wide by V4 inch deep by 1-Yz inches center to center configuration. The grooves shall be continuous for the entire length of the pavement. They shall be saw- cut transversely in the pavement to within 10 feet of the pavement edge to allow adequate space for equipment operation . The tolerances for saw-cut grooves shall meet the following: a. Alignment tolerance -Plus or minus 1-Yz inches in alignment for 75 feet. b. Groove tolerance -Minimum depth 3/16 inch, except that not more than 60 percent of the grooves shall be less than \l.i inch. Maximum depth 5/16 inch . Minimum width V4 inch . Maximum width 5/16 inch. c. Center-to-center spacing -Minimum spacing 1-% inches. Maximum spacing 1-1.2/8 inches. Grooves shall not be less than 6 inches and not more than 18 inches from in-pavement light fixtures. Cleanup of waste material shall be continuous during the grooving operation . All waste material shall be removed from the pavement surface and disposed of off-site in accordance with governing laws and regulations . All arrangements for disposal of waste material shall be made prior to the start of grooving. Waste material shall not be allowed to enter the airport storm or sanitary sewer system . MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 401-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. Unless otherwise specified, all acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor except that coring [and profilograph testing) as required in this section shall be completed and paid for by the Contractor. Testing organizations performing these tests [except profilograph) shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666. All equipment in Contractor furnished laboratories shall be calibrated by an independent testing organization prior to the start of operations at the Contractor's expense . a. Plant-Produced Material. Plant-produced material shall be tested for stability, flow , and air voids on a lot basis. Sampling shall be from material deposited into trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. Samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM D 979. A lot will consist of: • one day or shift's production not to exceed 2,000 tons (I 814 000 kg), or • a half day or shift's production where a day's production is expected to consist of between 2,000 and 4,000 tons (I 814 000 and 3 628 000 kg), or • similar subdivisions for tonnages over 4,000 tons (3 628 000 kg). Where more than one plant is simultaneously producing material for the job, the lot sizes shall apply separately for each plant. (1) Sampling. Each lot will consist of four equal sublots . Sufficient material for preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D 3665 . One set of laboratory compacted specimens will be prepared for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 6926, at the number of blows required by paragraph 401-3.2 , Table 1. Each set of laboratory compacted specimens will consist of three test p01tions prepared from the same sample increment. P-401 13 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements - The sample of bituminous mixture may be put in a covered metal tin and placed in an oven for not less than 30 minutes nor more than 60 minutes to stabilize to compaction temperature. The compaction temperature of the specimens shall be as specified in the job mix formula . (2) Testing. Sample specimens shall be tested for stability and flow in accordance with ASTM D 6927 . Air voids will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 3203. Prior to testing, the bulk specific gravity of each test specimen shall be measured by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2726 using the procedure for laboratory-prepared thoroughly dry specimens, or ASTM D 1188 , whichever is applicable, for use in computing air voids and pavement density. For air voids determination, the theoretical maximum specific gravity of the mixture shall be measured one time for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 2041, Type C, D or E container. The value used in the air voids computation for each sublot shall be based on theoretical maximum specific gravity measurement for the sublot. The stability and flow for each sub lot shall be computed by averaging the results of all test specimens representing that sublot. (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of plant produced material for stability, flow, and air voids shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b . b. Field Placed Material. Material placed in the field shall be tested for mat and joint density on a lot basis. (1) Mat Density. The lot size shall be the same as that indicated in paragraph 401-5 .1 a and shall be div ided into four equal sublots . One core of finished , compacted materials shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Cores shall not be taken closer than one foot from a transverse or longitudinal joint. (2) Joint Density. The lot size shall be the total length of longitudinal joints constructed by a lot of material as defined in paragraph 401-5 .1 a. The lot shall be divided into four equa l sub lots. One core of finished , compacted materials shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. ALL CORING SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE JOINT. THE MINIMUM CORE DIAMETER FOR JOINT DENSITY DETERMINATION SHALL BE 5 INCHES . (3) Sampling. Samples shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The cutting edge of the core drill bit shall be of hardened steel or other suitable material with diamond chips embedded in the metal cutting edge. The minimum diameter of the sample shall be five inches. Samples that are clearly defective, as a result of sampling, shall be discarded and anothe r sample taken. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples, cleaning, and filling the cored pavement. Cored pavement shall be cleaned and core holes shall be filled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and within one day after sampling. (4) Testing. The bulk specific gravity of each cored sample will be measured by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2726 or ASTM D 1188, whichever is applicable . The percent compaction (density) of each sample will be determined by dividing the bulk specific gravity of each sublot sample by the average bulk specific gravity of all laboratory prepared specimens for the lot, as determined in paragraph 401-5 . I a(2). The bulk specific gravity used to determine the joint density at joints formed between different lots shall be the lowest of the bulk specific gravity values from the two different lots. (5) Acceptance. Acceptance of field placed material for mat density will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5 .2b(I). Acceptance for joint density will be determined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 40l-5 .2b(3). P-401 14 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements c. Partial Lots -Plant-Produced Material. When operational conditions cause a lot to be tenninated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or other minor tonnage placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. The last batch produced where production is halted will be sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sub lot from which it was taken . In addition, an agreed to minor placement will be sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sublot from which it was taken. Where three sublots are produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots are produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot, and the total number of sub lots shall be used in the acceptance plan calculation, i.e., n = 5 or n = 6 , for example. Partial lots at the end of asphalt production on the project shall be included with the previous lot. d. Partial Lots -Field Placed Material. The lot size for field placed material shall correspond to that of the plant material , except that, in no cases, shall less than three (3) cored samples be obtained, i.e ., n = 3 . 401-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the bituminous mixture and completed pavement as well as the implementation of the Contractor Quality Control Program and test results : (1) Stability (2) Flow (3) Air voids (4) Mat density (5) Joint density (6) Thickness (7) Smoothness (8) Grade Mat density and air voids will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 40 l-5.2b( l ). Stability and flow will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5 .2b(2). Joint density will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5 .2b(3 ). Thickness will be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance in accordance with paragraph 401-5 .2b(4). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 40 l-5.2b(5). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 40 l-5 .2b(6). The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of bituminous mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation , incomplete coating of aggregate, or improper mix temperature . Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection or temperature measurements . In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was en-oneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price . b. Acceptance Criteria. (1) Mat Density and Air Voids. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for mat density and air voids shall be based on the percentage of material within specific ation limits (PWL). If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable . Acceptance and payment shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1 . P-401 15 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements (2) Stability and Flow. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for stability and flow shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the Contractor shall determine the reason and take corrective action . If the PWL is below 80 percent, the Contractor must stop production until the reason for poor stability and/or flow has been determined and adjustments to the mix are made (3) Joint Density. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for joint density shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). If the PWL of the lot is equal to or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be considered acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 p ercent, the Contractor shall evaluate the reason and act accordingly. If the PWL is less than 80 percent, the Contractor shall cease operations and until the reason for poor compaction has been determined . IF THE PWL IS LESS THAN 71 PERCENT, THE PAY FACTOR FOR THE LOT USED TO COMPLETE THE JOINT SHALL BE REDUCED BY 5 PERCENTAGE POINTS. This lot pay factor reduction shall be incorporated and evaluated in accordance with paragraph 40 l-8 .1. (4) Thickness. Thickness of each lift of surface course shall be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance to the requirements shown on the plans. Measurements of thickness shall be made by the Engineer using the cores extracted for each sublot for density measurement. The maximum allowable deficiency at any point shall not be more than Y.. inch less than the thickness indicated for the lift. Average thickness of lift, or combined lifts, shall not be less than the indicated thickness . Where the thickness tolerances are not met, the lot or sublot shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense by removing the deficient area and replacing with new pavement. The Contractor, at his expense, may take additional cores as approved by the Engineer to circumscribe the deficient area. (5) Smoothness. The final surface shall be free from roller marks. The finished surfaces of each course of the pavement, except the finished surface of the final course, shall not vary more than Ys inch when evaluated with a 16 foot straightedge. The finished surface of the final course of pavement shall not vary more than Y.. inch when evaluated with a 16 foot straightedge. The lot size shall be [2,000] square yards. Smoothness measurements shall be made at 50 foot intervals and as determined by the Engineer. In the longitudinal direction, a smoothness reading shall be made at the center of each paving lane . In the transverse direction, smoothness readings shall be made continuously across the full width of the pavement. However, transverse smoothness readings shall not be made across designed grade changes. At warped transition areas , straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade transitions. When more than 15 pe rcent of all measurements within a lot exceed the specified tolerance, the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shall not be permitted. Isolated high points may be ground off providing the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. High point grinding will be limited to 15 square yards . Areas in excess of 15 square yards will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above. (6) Grade. The finished surface of the pavement shall not vary from the gradeline elevations and cross sections shown on the plans by more than Yz inch (12.70 mm). The finished grade of each lot will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet (15.2 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet) to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the cost of surveying of the level runs that shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation, stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor, shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. The lot size shall be [ 2,000 I square yards. When more than 15 percent of all the measurements within a lot are outside the specified tolerance, or if any one shot within the lot deviates % inch or more from planned grade, the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shall not be permitted . Isolated high points may be ground off providing the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. The surface of the ground pavement shall have a texture consisting of grooves between 0.090 and 0 .130 inches wide . The peaks and ridges shall be approximately 1/32 inch higher than the bottom of the grooves . The pavement shall be left in a clean condition . The removal of all of the slurry resulting form the grinding operation shall be continuous The grinding operation should be controlled so the residue from the operation does not flow across other lanes of pavement. High point grinding will be limited to 15 square yards . Areas in excess of 15 square yards will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above . P-401 16 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements c. Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within specification limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions . The specification tolerance limits (L) for lower and (U) for upper are contained in Table 5. d. Outliers. All individual tests for mat density and air voids shall be checked for outliers (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178 , at a significance level of 5 percent. Outliers shall be discarded , and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values. TABLE 5. MARSHALL ACCEPTANCE LIMITS FOR STABILITY, FLOW, AIR VOIDS, DENSITY Pavements Designed for TEST PROPERTY Aircraft Gross Weights Less Than 60,000 Lbs. or Tire Pressures Less Than 100 Psi Number of Blows 50 Specification Tolerance L u Stability, minimum , pounds 1000 -- Flow, 0 .0 I-inch 8 20 Air Voids Total Mix, percent 2 5 Surface Course Mat Density, 96.3 - percent Base Course Mat Density, 95 .5 - percent Joint density, percent 93.3 - The criteria in Table 5 is based on production processes which have a variability with the following standard deviations: Surface Course Mat Density(%), 1.30 Base Course Mat Density(%), 1.55 Joint Density(%), 2 .1 The Contractor should note that (I) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a surface course with an average mat density of at least 98 percent with 1.30% or less variability, (2) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a base course with an average mat density of at least 97.5 percent with 1.55% or less variability, and (3) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing joints with an average joint density of at least 96 percent with 2 .1 % or less variability . 401-5.3 RESAMPLING PAVEMENT FOR MAT DENSITY. a. General. Resampling of a lot of pavement will only be allowed for mat density, and then, only if the Contractor requests same, in writing, within 48 hours after receiving the written test results from the Engineer. A retest will consist of all the sampling and testing procedures contained in paragraphs 401-5.1 b and 40 l-5 .2b( I). Only one resampling per lot will be permitted. P-401 17 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements (1) A redefined PWL shall be calculated for the resampled lot. The number of tests used to calculate the redefined PWL shall include the initial tests made for that lot plus the retests . (2) The cost for resampling and retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. b. Payment for Resampled Lots. The redefined PWL for a resampled lot shall be used to calculate the payment for that lot in accordance with Table 6. c. Outliers. Check for outliers in accordance with ASTM E 178 , at a significance level of 5 percent. (401-5.4 LEVELING COURSE. Any course used for truing and leveling shall meet the requirements of paragraph 40 l -3.2, 40 l-5.2b(l) for air voids and 40 l-5 .2b(2), but shall not be subject to the density requirements of paragraph 401-5 .2b(l) for mat density and 401-S.2b(3). The leveling course shall be compacted with the same effort used to achieve density of the test section. The truing and leveling course shall not exceed a nominal thickness of I-Yi inches (37 .5 mm). The leveling course is the first variable thickness lift of an overlay placed prior to subsequent courses . I CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 401-6.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements that affect the quality of the pavement including, but not limited to: a. Mix Design b. Aggregate Grading c. Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e. Proportioning f. Mixing and Transportation g. Placing and Finishing h. Joints i. Compaction j. Surface Smoothness k. Personnel I. Laydown Plan The Contractor shall perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection during all phases of the work and shall perform them at a rate sufficient to ensure that the work conforms to the contract requirements, and at minimum test frequencies required by paragraph 401-6 .3 and Section 100 of the General Provisions. As a pait of the process for approving the Contractor's plan, the Engineer may require the Contractor's technician to perform testing of samples to demonstrate an acceptable level of performance. No partial payment will be made for materials that are subject to specific quality control requirements without an approved plan . 401-6.2 TESTING LABORATORY. The Contractor shall provide a fully equipped asphalt laboratory meeting the requirements of paragraph 401-3.5 and 40 l-4.2a(2) located at the plant or job site . The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification stating that all of the testing equipment to be used is properly calibrated and will meet the specifications applicable for the specified test procedures. 401-6.3 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these specifications and as set forth in the approved Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for P-401 18 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements the control of asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate moisture, field compaction, and surface smoothness. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a. Asphalt Content. A minimum of two tests shall be performed per lot in accordance with ASTM D 6307 or ASTM D 2172 for determination of asphalt content. The weight of ash portion of the test, as described in ASTM D 2172, shall be determined as part of the first test performed at the beginning of plant production; and as part of every tenth test performed thereafter, for the duration of plan production. The last weight of ash value obtained shall be used in the calculation of the asphalt content for the mixture. The asphalt content for the lot will be determined by averaging the test results. The use of the nuclear method for determining asphalt content in accordance with ASTM D 4125 is permitted, provided that it is calibrated for the specific mix being used. b. Gradation. Aggregate gradations shall be determined a minimum of twice per lot from mechanical analysis of extracted aggregate in accordance with ASTM D 5444 and ASTM C 136 (Dry Sieve). When asphalt content is determined by the nuclear method, aggregate gradation shall be determined from hot bin samples on batch plants, or from the cold feed on drum mix or continuous mix plants, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 (dry sieve) using actual batch weights to determine the combined aggregate gradation of the mixture. c. Moisture Content of Aggregate. The moisture content of aggregate used for production shall be dete1mined a minimum of once per lot in accordance with ASTM C 566. d. Moisture Content of Mixture. The moisture content of the mixture shall be dete1mined once per lot in accordance with ASTM D 1461 [or AASHTO Tl IO[. e. Temperatures. Temperatures shall be checked, at least four times per lot, at necessary locations to determine the temperatures of the dryer, the bitumen in the storage tank, the mixture at the plant, and the mixture at the job site. f. In-Place Density Monitoring. The Contractor shall conduct any necessary testing to ensure that the specified density is being achieved. A nuclear gauge may be used to monitor the pavement density in accordance with ASTM D 2950. g. Additional Testing. Any additional testing that the Contractor deems necessary to control the process may be performed at the Contractor's option. h. Monitoring. The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the above testing. 401-6.4 SAMPLING. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall sample and test any material that appears inconsistent with similar material being sampled, unless such material is voluntarily removed and replaced or deficiencies corrected by the Contractor. All sampling shall be in accordance with standard procedures specified . 401-6.5 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (i.e., difference between highest and lowest measurements) for aggregate gradation and asphalt content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept cu1Tent. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and Suspension Limits applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results . The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may suspend production or acceptance of the material. P-401 19 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements a. Individual Measurements. Control charts for individual measurements shall be established to maintain process control within tolerance for aggregate gradation and asphalt conte.nt. The control charts shall use the job mix formula target values as indicators of central tendency for the following test parameters with associated Action and Suspension Limits: CONTROL CHART LIMITS FOR INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS Sieve Action Limit Suspension Limit 3/.i inch (19.0 mm) 0% 0% !4 inch (12 .5 mm) +/-6% +/-9% % inch (9.5 mm) +/-6% +/-9% No. 4 (4.75 mm) +/-6% +/-9% No.16(1.18mm) +/-5% +/-7 .5% No. 50 (0 .30 mm) +/-3% +/-4 .5% No. 200 (0 .075 mm) +/-2% +/-3% Asphalt Content +/-0.45% +/-0.70% b. Range. Control charts for range shall be established to control process variability for the test parameters and Suspension Limits listed below. The range shall be computed for each lot as the difference between the two test results for each control parameter. The Suspension Limits specified below are based on a sample size ofn = 2 . Should the Contractor elect to perform more than two tests per lot, the Suspension Limits shall be adjusted by multiplying the Suspension Limit by 1.18 for n = 3 and by 1.27 for n = 4 . CONTROL CHART LIMITS BASED ON RANGE (Based on n = 2) Sieve Suspension Limit Yi inch (12.5 mm) 11 percent % inch (9.5 mm) 11 percent No. 4 (4 .75 mm) 11 percent No . 16 (1.18 mm) 9 percent No. 50 (0 .30 mm) 6 percent No . 200 (0 .075 mm) 3.5 percent Asphalt Content 0.8 percent c. Corrective Action. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of tolerance. The Plan shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. As a minimum , a process shall be deemed out of control and production stopped and corrective action taken, if: (1) One point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or (2) Two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements . 401-6.6 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS. The Contractor shall maintain records and shall submit reports of quality control activities daily, in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program described in General Provisions, Section I 00. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT P-401 20 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements 401-7.1 MEASUREMENT. Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons (kg) of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work . Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the tonnage. Saw-cut grooving of bituminous pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards of saw-cut grooving as specified in-place, completed and accepted . BASIS OF PAYMENT 401-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for an accepted lot of bituminous concrete pavement shall be made at the contract unit price per ton (kg) for bituminous mixture adjusted according to paragraph 401-8. la, subject to the limitation that: The total project payment for plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall not exceed (1061 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of tons (kg) of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work (See Note 2 under Table 6). Payment for accepted saw-cut grooving shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard . The price shall be compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation , mixing, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the item . a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with Table 6. A pay factor shall be calculated for both mat density and air voids. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are I 00 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either mat density or air voids is I 00 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are less than I 00 percent. TABLE 6. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE 1 Percentage of Material Within S ecification Limits PWL 96-100 90 -95 75 -89 55 -74 Below 55 Lot Pay Factor Percent of Contract Unit Price 106 PWL + 10 0 .5 PWL + 55 l.4PWL-12 Re ·ect 2 1 ALTHOUGH IT IS THEORETICALLY POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE A PAY FACTOR OF 106 PERCENT FOR EACH LOT, ACTUAL PAYMENT ABOVE I 00 PERCENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE TOT AL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 401-8 .1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain . In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be pa id for at 50 percent of the contract unit price and the total project payment shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot a nd the contract unit price . Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 401-8.1. P-401 21 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements / Payment in excess of IOO percent for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than I 00 percent. b. Paymen t. Payment will be made under: Item P-40 1-8.1 a Item P-401-8 .1 b ASTM C29 ASTM C 88 ASTMC 117 ASTM C 127 ASTM C 131 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 183 ASTM C 566 ASTM D75 ASTM D 979 ASTM D 995 ASTM D 1073 ASTM D 1188 ASTM D 1461 ASTM D 2041 ASTM D2172 ASTM D2419 ASTM D 2489 ASTM D2726 Bituminous (Surfa c e ) (B ase ) [B inder) [Leveling) Course-per ton (kg) Saw-Cut Grooving-per square yard TESTING REQUIREMENTS Bulk Density ("Unit Weight") and Voids in Aggregate Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate Materials Finer than 75µm (No.200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Sampling and the Amount of Testing of Hydraulic Cement Total Evaporable Mo isture Content of Aggregate by Drying Sampling Aggregates Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed Hot-Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures Bulk Specific Grav ity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate Estimating Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous-Aggregate Mixtures Bulk Specific Grav ity and Density of Non-Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures P-401 22 of23 Pla nt Mix Bi tumin o us Paveme nts ASTM D 2950 ASTM D 3203 ASTM D 3665 ASTM D 3666 ASTM D 4125 ASTM D4318 ASTM D4791 ASTM D4867 ASTM D 5444 ASTM D6926 ASTM D6927 ASTM E II ASTM E 178 ASTM E 1274 AASHTOT30 [AASHTO T 110 The Asphalt Institute's Manual No. 2 (MS-2) ASTM D242 ASTM D946 ASTM D3381 ASTM D4552 AASHTOM320 Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixtures Random Sampling of Construction Materials Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures by the Nuclear Method Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted Aggregate Preparation of Bituminous Specimens Using MARSHALL Apparatus MARSHALL Stability and Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes Dealing with Outlying Observations Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures! Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents Performance Graded Asphalt Binder END OF ITEM P-401 P-401 23 of23 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements ITEM SS-G-300 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION 300-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall include the construction , placement , relocation and removal of multi-barrier barricades. This item shall include all labor and materials necessary for furnishing, placement, relocation, maintenance, and removal of construction barricades. All barricades will be placed as indicated on the drawings. MATERIALS 300-2.1 LIGHTED CONES. The cones shall be either red or orange in color and shall be weighted sufficiently either by design or other methods to stabilize the cones against wind or jet aircraft blast. The lights shall be attached to the cones or adjacent to the cones. The lights shall be battery operated and will be flashing, strobe, or continuous burning , as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The cones shall have a six (6) inch wide retroreflective band continuously around the cone located near the top of the cone. 300-2.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES . The multi-barrier barricades shall be Safety Barricade Model AR-1 Ox96 or approved equal. The red lights shall be battery operated and shall be of such a design that they will operate a minimum of 15 hours on a single charge . CONSTRUCTION METHODS 300-3.1 LIGHTED CONES. The lighted cones shall be placed at the placed at the locations shown on the plans and shall meet the approval of the Engineer. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to maintain the lighted cones and to immediately repa ir or replace any cone that is damaged, and to replace batteries, lights and flashers that are not operating. Maintenance, repair, and replacement will not be paid for directly, but shall be subsidiary to the Bid Item SS-G-300 -5.1. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain the lighted cones, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Engineer. During construction, the Contractor may be required to relocate certain lighted cones to accommodate progress of this work as directed by the Engineer and to place lighted cones on a nightly basis for runway and taxiway closures. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item SS-G-300-5 .1. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SS-G-300-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Ent rance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 300-3.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. a. Placement of Multi-Barrier Barricades. Multi-barrier barricades shall be placed on the concrete apron, asphalt shoulders and grass areas, as shown on the plans, to separate the active apron and taxiways from areas under construction. Placement of multi-barrier barricades shall be compatible with the contract documents and shall be located to the extent determined by the Engineer. (1) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure the multi-barrier barricades in the grassy area in a stable manner. (2) The battery operated red flashers located at each end of the multi-barrier barricade shall be operative at all times. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately repair or replace any flasher that is not operating. (3) Multi-barrier barricades shall be in place prior to commencing construction operations. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain barricades and lights, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and barricade location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Engineer. b. Relocation of Multi-Barrier Barricades . Multi-barrier barricades shall be relocated to new areas as directed by the Engineer. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item SS-G-300-5.2. c. The multi-barrier barricades shall remain the property of the Contractor. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 300-4.1 LIGHTED CONES. Furnish Lighted Cones. The furnishing, placing and relocating of the lighted cones shall be measured per each for each lighted cone that is supplied by the Contractor. Relocation of lighted cones is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to Bid Item SS-G-300- 5.1. 300-4.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. a. Measurement for multi-barrier barricades by type furnished, placed and relocated shall be measured per each of the number of multi-barrier barricades placed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. Relocation of multi-barrier barricades is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to bid item SS-G-300-5.2. b. Removal of the multi-barrier barricades shall not be measured. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SS-G-300-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ' BASIS OF PAYMENT 300-5.1 LIGHTED CONES. Payment for lighted cones shall be made at the contract unit price bid per each. 300-5.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. Payment for multi-barrier barricades by type shall be made at the contract unit price per each. Payment will be made under: 300-5.1-1 Furnish, place, and relocate Lighted Cones --per EA. (each). 300-5.1-2 Furnish, place, and relocate Multi-Barrier barricades --per EA (each) END OF ITEM SS-G-300 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SS-G-300-3 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ITEM SP-P-501 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TO PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT DESCRIPTION 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of portland cement concrete, with reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. .MATERIALS 501-2.1 AGGREGATES. a. Reactivity. Aggregate shall be free of substances that are deleteriously reactive with the alkalies in the cement in an amount sufficient to cause excessive expansion of the concrete. Acceptable aggregate shall be based on satisfactory evidence furnished by the Contractor that the aggregate is free from such materials. This evidence shall include service records of concrete of comparable properties under similar conditions of exposure and/or certified records of tests by a testing laboratory that meets the requirements of ASTM C 1077. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 227 , ASTM C 295 and ASTM C 289 or ASTM D 1260. b . Fine Aggregate . Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136, except as may otherwise be qualified under Section 5 of ASTM C 33. TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE (ASTM C 33) Sieve Designation (Square Openings) 3/8 in . (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No . 30 (600 micro-m) No. 50 (300 micro-m) No. 100 (150 micro-m) Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves 100 95-100 80-100 50-85 25-60 10-30 2-10 c. Coarse Aggregate . Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the requirements of Table 2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 . When the nominal maximum size of the aggregate is greater than 1 inch, the aggregates shall be furnished in two size groups. Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel, air-cooled blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination thereof. The aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, uncoated particles and shall meet the requirements for deleterious substances contained in ASTM C 33, Class 4M. Dust and other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing. The aggregate in any size group Ft. Worth All iance Airport SP -P-501-1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility shall not contain more than 8 percent by weight of flat or elongated pieces when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat or elongated particle is one having a ratio between the maximum and the minimum dimensions of a circumscribing rectangular prism exceeding 5 to 1. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 40% when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 or ASTM C 535. TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE ASTM C33 Sieve Designations (square openings) in. mm 2-1/2 63 2 50.8 1-1/2 38.1 1 25.0 3/4 19.0 1/2 12.5 3/8 9.5 No. 4 4.75 No. 8 2.36 Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves From 1" to No. 4 (25.0 mm-4.75 mm) #57 100 95-100 25-60 0-10 0-5 501-2.2 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150 Type I or Type II. If for any reason, cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. 501-2.3 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. Fly Ash. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C, F, or N with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6 percent for Class F or N. b. Blast Furnace Slag. Ground blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. 501-2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER. Premolded joint filler for expansion joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1751 and shall be punched to admit the dowels where called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. 501-2.5 JOINT SEALER. The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P-605 and shall be of the type(s) specified in the plans. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 501-2.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of deformed steel bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615, grade 60. 501-2.7 DOWEL AND TIE BARS. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615, ASTM A 616, or ASTM A 617, except that rail steel bars, Grade 50 or 60, shall not be used for tie bars that are to be bent or restraightened during construction. Tie bars designated as Grade 40 in ASTM A 615 can be used for construction requiring bent bars. Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, ASTM A 616 or ASTM A 617 and shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete. High strength dowel bars shall conform to ASTM A 714, Class 2, Type S, Grade I, II or Ill, Bare Finish. Before delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be painted on all surfaces with one coat of paint meeting Federal Specification TT-P-664. If plastic or epoxy-coated steel dowels are used no paint coating is required, except when specified for a particular situation on the plans. Coated dowels shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 254. The sleeves for dowel bars used in expansion joints shall be metal or other type of an approved design to cover 2 to 3 inches of the dowel, with a closed end and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch from the closed end of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be of such design that they will not collapse during construction. 501-2.8 WATER. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without testing. 501-2.9 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: a. Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B. b. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. c. White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. d. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. 501-2.10 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-3 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility a. Air-Entraining Admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Chemical Admixtures. Water-reducing, set retarding, and set-accelerating · admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, including the flexural strength test. 501-2.11 EPOXY -RESIN. Epoxy-resin used to anchor dowels and tie bars in pavements shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type I, Grade 3, Class C. Class A or B shall be used when the surface temperature of the hardened concrete is below 60 degrees F. 501-2.12 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test(s) for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material passed or failed. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. MIX DESIGN 501-3.1 PROPORTIONS. Concrete shall be designed to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of 700 psi. The mix shall be designed using the procedures contained in Chapter 7 of the Portland Cement Association's manual, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The Contractor shall note that to ensure that the concrete actually produced will meet or exceed the acceptance criteria for the specified strength, the mix design average strength .must be higher than the specified strength. The amount of overdesign necessary to meet specification requirements depends on the producer's standard deviation of flexural test results and the accuracy which that value can be estimated from historic data for the same or similar materials. The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash) shall be 500 pounds per cubic yard. The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than .50 by weight. Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength 'obtained from the concrete at 7 and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures . The fineness modulus of the fine aggregate and the air content shall also be shown. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at l~ast 10 days prior to the start of operations. Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources be made, or admixtures added or deleted from the mix, a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a slump Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-4 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ... i ; •. ..;i for side-form concrete between 1 and 2 inches as determined by ASTM C 143. For vibrated slip-form concrete, the slump shall be between 1/2 inch and 1 1/2 inches. 501-3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. a. Fly Ash. Fly ash may be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering portland cement plus ·fly ash as the total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, but shall not exceed 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. b. Ground Slag. Ground blast-furnace slag may be used in a mix design containing Type I or Type II cement. The slag, or slag plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55 percent of the total cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55 degrees F the percent slag shall not exceed 30 percent by weight. 501-3.3 ADMIXTURES. a. a. Air-Entraining. Air-entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will insure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mix air-entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be 3.5. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. b. Chemical. Water-reducing, set-controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements. Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494. 501-3.4 TESTING LABORATORY. The laboratory used to develop the mix design shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077. A certification that it meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of mix design and shall contain as a minimum: a. Qualifications of personnel; laboratory manager, supervising technician, and testing technicians. b. A statement that the equipment used in developing the mix design is in -calibration. c. A statement that each test specified in developing the mix design is offered in the scope of the laboratory's services. d. A copy of the laboratory's quality control system. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and tools necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-5 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility a. Batch Plant and Equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. b. Mixers and Transportation Equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. (2) Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94 . The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and thro1.vover blades shall be replaced \•.:hen they have 1.vorn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. (4) Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. c. Finishing Equipment. The finishing equipment shall be of sufficient weight and power for proper finishing of the concrete. The finishing machine shall be designed and operated to strike off, screed and consolidate the concrete such that laitance on the surface is less than 1 /8-inch thick. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be either internal type with immersed tube or multiple spuds, or surface type vibrating pan or screed. For pavements 8 inches or more thick internal vibrators shall be used. They may be attached to the spreader or the finishing machine, or they may be mounted on a separate carriage. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025- 0.05 inches. For pavements less than 8 inches thick, vibrating surface pans or screeds shall be allowed. Operating frequencies for surface vibrators shall be between 3,000 and 6,000 vibrations per minute. The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas. e. Concrete Saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-6 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility f. Side Forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot radius or less. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch. The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions, when approved by the Engineer. g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, tolerances, and cross section. It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed, without transverse, longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 FORM SETTING. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to insure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SLIP-FORM CONSTRUCTION. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density, the areas which will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-7 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 501-4.4 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SIDE-FORM AND FILL-IN LANE CONSTRUCTION. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concre~e placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the surrounding grade. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment, at all times by the Contractor, and shall be checked daily. 501-4.5 HANDLING, MEASURING, AND BATCHING MATERIAL. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch. 501-4.6 MIXING CONCRETE. The concrete may be mixed at the work site, in a central mix plant or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in nonagitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted, except when concrete is delivered in transit mixers. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-8 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the mix design is not exceeded. 501-4.7 LIMITATIONS ON MIXING AND PLACING. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. a. Cold Weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40 degrees F and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees F. The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees F at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. When concreting is authorized during cold weather, water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150 degrees F. The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b. Hot Weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85 degrees F, the following precautions shall be taken. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 95 degrees F. The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. The finished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. If necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf per hour as determined in accordance with Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting, which takes into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity, and air temperature. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped. 501-4.8 PLACING CONCRETE. The Contractor has the option of placing the concrete with either side (fixed) forms or slip-forms. At any point in concrete conveyance, the free vertical drop of the concrete from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-9 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a flexural strength of 550 psi, based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards of concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi. a. Side-form Method. For the side-form method, the concrete shall be deposited on the moistened grade to require as little rehandling as possible. Unless truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating hauling equipment are equipped with means for discharge of concrete without segregation of the materials, the concrete shall be placed and spread using an approved mechanical spreading device that prevents segregation of the materials. Placing shall be continuous between transverse joints without the use of intermed iate bulkheads. Necessary hand spreading shall be done with shovels--not rakes. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with boots or shoes coated with earth or foreign substances. Concrete shall be deposited as near to expansion and contraction joints as possible without disturbing them but shall not be dumped from the discharge bucket or hopper onto a joint assembly unless the hopper is centered above the joint assembly. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated against and along the faces of all forms and previously placed concrete and along the full length and on both sides of all joint assemblies by means of vibrators inserted in the concrete. Vibrators shall not be permitted to come in contact with a joint assembly, the grade, or a side form. In no case shall the vibrator be operated longer than 20 seconds in any one location, nor shall the vibrators be used to move the concrete. b. Slip-form Method. For the slip-form method, the concrete shall be placed with an approved crawler-mounted, slip-form paver designed to spread, consolidate and shape the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement in conformance with requirements of the plans and specifications. The concrete shall be placed directly on top of the joint assemblies to prevent them from moving when the paver moves over them. Side forms and finishing screeds shall be adjustable to the extent required to produce the specified pavement edge and surface tolerance. The side forms shall be of dimensions, shape, and strength to support the concrete laterally for a sufficient length of time so that no edge slumping exceeds the requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(5). Final finishing shall be accomplished while the concrete is still in the plastic state. In the event that slumping or sloughing occurs behind the paver or if there are any other structural or surface defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be corrected within permissible tolerances, paving operations shall be immediately stopped until proper adjustment of the equipment or procedures have been made . In the event that satisfactory procedures and pavement are not achieved after not more than 2,000 lineal feet of single lane paving, the Contractor shall complete the balance of the work with the use of standard metal forms and the formed method of placing and curing. Any concrete not corrected to permissible tolerances shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 501-4.9 STRIKE-OFF OF CONCRETE AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross section shown on the plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans . When reinforced Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-10 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility concrete pavement is placed in two layers, the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without further manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil, or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions, weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. 501-4.1 O JOINTS. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4-inch variation in 1 O feet. The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 10-foot straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1 /4 inch shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans. a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or formed against side forms with or without keyways, as shown in the plans. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped, the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints. Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch wide and to the depth shown on the plans. c. Expansion. Expansion joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans, shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint, except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into position perpendicular to the proposed finished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-11 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility finished. After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic. Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Keyways. Keyways shall be formed in the plastic concrete by means of side forms or the use of keyway liners which are inserted during the slip-form operations. The keyway shall be formed to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in any dimension and shall be of sufficient stiffness to support the upper keyway flange without distortion or slumping of the top of the flange. The dimensions of the keyway forms shall not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch from the mid-depth of the pavement. Liners that remain in place permanently and become part of the keyed joint shall be made of galvanized, copper clad, or of similar rust-resistant material compatible with plastic and hardened concrete and shall not interfere with joint reservoir sawing and sealing. e. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals stiown on the plans . They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane, they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. These bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations call for tie bars, two-piece hook bolts can be installed in the female side of the keyed joint provided the installation is made without distorting the keyed · dimensions or causing edge slump. If a bent tie bar installation is used, the tie bars shall be inserted through the keyway liner only on the female side of the joint. In no case shall a bent tie bar installation for male keyways be permitted . f. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints in the manner as shown on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. A metal, or other type, dowel expansion cap or sleeve shall be furnished for each dowel bar used with expansion joints. These caps shall be substantial enough to prevent collapse and shall be placed on the ends of the dowels as shown on the plans. The caps or sleeves shall fit the dowel bar tightly and the closed end shall be watertight. The portion of each dowel painted with rust preventative paint, as required under paragraph 501-2.7 and shown on the plans to receive a debonding lubricant, shall be thoroughly coated with asphalt MC-70, or an approved lubricant, to prevent the concrete from bonding to that portion of the dowel. If free-sliding plastic-coated or epoxy-coated steel dowels are used, a lubrication bond breaker shall be used except when approved pullout tests indicate it is not necessary. Where butt-type joints with dowels are designated, the exposed end of the dowel shall be oiled. Dowel bars at contraction joints may be placed in the full thickness of pavement by a mechanical device approved by the Engineer. The device shall be capable of installing dowel bars within the maximum permissible alignment tolerances. Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g. Installation. All devices used for the installation of expansion joints shall be approved by the Engineer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP -P-501-12 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility The top of an assembled joint device shall be set at the proper distance below the pavement surface and the elevation shall be checked. Such devices shall be set to the required position and line and shall be securely held in place by stakes or other means to the maximum permissible tolerances during the pouring and finishing of the concrete. The premolded joint material shall be placed and held in a vertical position; if constructed in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerances on dowel bar alignment shall be in accordance with paragraph 501- 5.2e(6). During the concrete placement operation, it is advisable to place plastic concrete directly on dowel assemblies immediately prior to passage of the paver to help maintain dowel position and alignment within maximum permissible tolerances. When concrete is placed using slip-form pavers, dowels and tie bars shall be placed in longitudinal construction joints by bonding the dowels or tie bars into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. Holes approximately 1 /8-inch to 1 /4-inch greater in diameter than the dowel or tie bar shall be drilled with rotary-type core drills that must be held securely in place to drill perpendicularly into the vertical face of the pavement slab. Rotary-type percussion drills may be used provided that spalling of concrete does not occur. Any damage of the concrete shall be repaired by the Contractor in a method approved by the Engineer. Dowels or tie bars shall be bonded in the drilled holes using an epoxy resin material. Installation procedures shall be adequate to insure that the area around dowels is completely filled with epoxy grout. Epoxy shall be injected into the back of the hole and displaced by the insertion of the dowel bar. Bars shall be completely inserted into the hole and shall not be withdrawn and reinserted creating air pockets in the epoxy around the bar. The Contractor shall furnish a template for checking the position and alignment of the dowels. Dowel bars shall not be less than 10 inches from a transverse joint and shall not interfere with dowels in the transverse direction. h. Sawing of Joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1. The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top portion of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing and before uncontrolled · shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs. Sawing shall be carried on both during the day and night as required. The joints shall be sawed at the required spacing, consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement. 501-4.11 FINAL STRIKE-OFF, CONSOLIDATION, AND FINISHING. a. Sequence. The sequence of operations shall be the strike-off, floating and removal of laitance, straightedging, and final surface finish. The addition of superficial water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations will not be permitted. b. Finishing at Joints. The concrete adjacent to joints shall be compacted or firmly placed without voids or segregation against the joint material; it shall be firmly placed without voids or segregation under and around all load-transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features designed to extend into the pavement. Concrete adjacent to joints shall be mechanically vibrated as required in paragraph 501-4.8.a. After the concrete has been placed and vibrated adjacent to the joints, the finishing machine shall be operated in a manner to avoid damage or misalignment of joints. If uninterrupted operations of the finishing machine, to, over, Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-13 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility and beyond the joints, cause segregation of concrete, damage to, or misalignment of the joints, the finishing machine shall be stopped when the screed is approximately 8 inches from the joint. Segregated concrete shall be removed from the front of and off the joint; and the forward motion of the finishing machine shall be resumed. Thereafter, the finishing machine may be run over the joint without lifting the screed, provided there is no segregated concrete immediately between the joint and the screed or on top of the joint. c. Machine Finishing. The concrete shall be spread as soon as it is placed, and it shall be struck off and screeded by a finishing machine. The machine shall go over each area as many times and at such intervals as necessary to give to proper consolidation and to leave a surface of uniform texture. Excessive operation over a given area shall be avoided. When side forms are used, the tops of the forms shall be kept clean by an effective device attached to the machine, and the travel of the machine on the forms shall be maintained true without lift, wobbling, or other variation tending to affect the precision finish. During the first pass of the finishing machine, a uniform ridge of concrete shall be maintained ahead of the front screed for its entire length. When in operation, the screed shall be moved forward with a combined longitudinal and transverse shearing motion, always moving in the direction in which the work is progressing, and so manipulated that neither end is raised from the side forms during the striking-off process. If necessary, this shall be repeated until the surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross section, and free from porous areas. d. Hand Finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the following conditions: in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade; in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Concrete, as soon as placed, shall be struck off and screeded. An approved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall be provided for striking off the bottom layer of concrete when reinforcement is used. The screed for the surface shall be a least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the slab to be struck off. It shall be of approved design, sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed either of metal or of other suitable material covered with metal. Consolidation shall be attained by the use of suitable vibrators. e. Floating. After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be further smoothed and trued by means of a longitudinal float using one of the following methods: (1) Hand Method. Long-handled floats shall not be less than 12 feet in length and 6 inches in width, stiffened to prevent flexibility and warping. The float shall be operated from foot bridges spanning but not touching the concrete or from the edge of the pavement. Floating shall pass gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Forward movement along the centerline of the pavement shall be in successive advances of not more than one-half the length of the float. Any excess water or laitance in excess of 1/8-inch thick shall be removed and wasted. (2) Mechanical method. The Contractor may use a machine composed of a cutting and smoothing float(s), suspended from and guided by a rigid frame and constantly in contact with, the side forms or underlying surface. If necessary, long-handled floats having blades not less than 5 feet in length and 6 inches in width may be used to smooth and fill in open-textured areas in the pavement. When the crown of the pavement will not permit the use of the mechanical float, the surface shall be floated transversely by means of a long-handled float. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-14 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Care shall be taken not to work the crown out of the pavement during the operation. After floating, any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8-inch thick shall be removed and wasted. Successive drags shall be lapped one-half the length of the blade. f. Straight-edge Testing and Surface Correction. After the pavement has been struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 16-foot straightedge swung from handles 3 feet longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8-inch thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. 501-4.12 SURFACE TEXTURE. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom, burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected. a . Brush or Broom Finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared. The equipment shall operate transversely across the pavement surface, providing corrugations that are uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch in depth. b . Burlap Drag Finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard. To obtain a textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately 1 foot from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch in depth . c. Artificial Turf Finish. If artificial turf is used to texture the surface, it shall be applied by dragging the surface of the pavement in the direction of concrete placement with an approved full-width drag made with artificial turf. The leading transverse edge of the artificial turf drag will be securely fastened to a lightweight pole on a traveling bridge. At least 2 feet of the artificial turf shall be in contact with the concrete surface during dragging operations. A variety of different types of artificial turf are available and approval of any one type will be done only after it has been demonstrated by the Contractor to provide a satisfactory texture. One type that has provided satisfactory texture consists of 7,200 approximately 0.85-inches-long polyethylene turf blades per square foot. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch in depth . 501 4.13 SKID RESISTANT SURFACES. A skid resistant surface shall be provided by construction of [ ]. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-15 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 501-4.14 CURING. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7- day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. a. Impervious Membrane Method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of 1 gallon to not more than 150 square feet. The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. b. Polyethylene Films. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be ent irely covered with polyethylene sheeting. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface and sides. The sheeting shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the sheeting shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. c. Waterproof Paper. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely · covered with waterproofed paper. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches. The paper shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The paper shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The surface of the pavement shall be thoroughly saturated prior to placing of the paper. Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. d. White Burlap-Polyethylene Sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both. edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. e. Curing in Cold Weather. The concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the curing time. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-16 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility strength of the concrete placed during cold weather, and any concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 501-4.15 REMOVING FORMS. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, spalling, or tearing. After the forms have been removed, the sides of t~e slab shall be cured as outlined in one of the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.14. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.16 SEALING JOINTS. The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Item P-605. 501-4.17 PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall have available at all times, materials for the protection of the edges and surface of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. 501-4.18 OPENING TO TRAFFIC. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 pounds per square inch when tested in accordance with ASTM C 78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening to traffic, the pavement shall be cleaned . MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING . All acceptance sampling and testing, with the exception of coring for thickness determination, necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer. Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis. A lot shall consist of: Approximately 500 square yards or one day's production, with a minimum of two lots. Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens, per paragraph 501-5.1 a(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 501-5.1 b(1 ). a. Flexural Strength. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-17 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublets. One sample shall be taken for each sublet from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. (2) Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made ih accordance with ASTM C 31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 78. The flexural strength for each sublet shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublet. (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F, and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods, provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. (4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. b. Pavement Thickness. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublets and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. (2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174. (3) Acceptance . Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c. c. Partial Lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublets have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublets have been produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublets shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation, i.e., n=5 or n=6. d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5 percent. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-18 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility 501-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement: (1) Flexural strength (2) Thickness (3) Smoothness (4) Grade (5) Edge slump (6) Dowel bar alignment Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). Acceptance using PWL considers the variability (standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average (mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit (L). Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2e( 1 ). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4). The Engineer may at any time, not withstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b. Flexural Strength. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement Thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of Material Within Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L) Flexural Strength 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Thickness e. Acceptance Criteria. Lot Plan Thickness in inches -0.50 inches Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-19 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, the pavement surface shall be tested with a 16-foot straightedge or other specified device. Surface smoothness deviations shall not exceed 1 /4 inch from a 16-foot straightedge placed in any direction, including placement along and spanning any pavement joint edge. Areas in a slab showing high spots of more than 1/4 inch but not exceeding 1/2 inch in 16 feet shall be marked and immediately ground down with an approved grinding machine to an elevation that will fall within the tolerance of 1 /4 inch or less. Where the departure from correct cross section exceeds 1/2 inch, the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. Lateral Deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed plus or minus 0.10 foot in any lane. Vertical Deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed plus or minus 0.04 foot at any point. (5) Edge Slump. When slip-form paving is used, not more than 15 percent of the total free edge of each 500 foot segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4-inch, and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump exceeding 3/8-inch. {The total free edge of 500 feet of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing pavement; i.e., 500 feet of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet of free edge, 500 feet of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (6) Dowel Bar Alignment. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerance on dowel bar alignment in each plane, horizontal and vertical, shall not exceed 2 percent or 1/4 inch per foot of a dowel bar. f. Removal and Replacement of Concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.1 O shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP -P-501-20 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements which effect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: a. Mix Design b. Aggregate Gradation c. Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e. Proportioning f. Mixing and Transportation g. Placing and Consolidation h. Joints i. Dowel Placement and Alignment j. Flexural or Compressive Strength k. Finishing and Curing I. Surface Smoothness 501 a6.2 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump, and air content. A Quality Control . Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a. Fine Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve· analysis shall be made at least twice daily per source of material in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurement of moisture content shall be made per week source of material to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566. b. Coarse Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least ti.vice daily per source of material for each size of aggregate. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week source of material to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 566. c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublet. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Air Content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublet. Air content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-21 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the plant site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. 501 6.3 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and course aggregate gradation, slump, and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in Tables 1 and 2 shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and Air Content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (i.e. difference bet\veen highest and lowest measurements) for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. Control Parameter Slump Air Content 1--------~--------1 Action Limit -t/ 1 inch (25 mm) Suspension Limit -t/ 1.5 inch (38 fFlfAj Range Suspension himH -ti 2.4 inch (61 mm) The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central tendency. 501-6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION. The Quality Control Plan shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Quality Control Plan shall detail \".'hat action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the following conditions exists. The Quality Control plan shall detail what corrective action will be taken when tests taken do not pass. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. \JI/hen two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the Tables 1 or 2 specification limits, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be taken to correct the grading. b. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Moisture Content. Whenever the moisture content of the fine or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5 percent, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher(s) and water batcher shall be adjusted. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-22 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility c. Slump. The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments 1Nhenever: range; or (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or (2) t\vo points in a roi.\' fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. d. Air Content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air entraining admixture whenever: range; or (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or (2) two points in a ro 1N fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line, the air entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and 1.vith good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for accepted concrete pavement shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1 a, subject to the limitation that: The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of square yards of concrete pavement used in the accepted work (See Note 2 under Table 3). Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings, except for saw-cut grooving. a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with Table 3. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100 percent. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-23 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility TABLE 3. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE 1 Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) Lot Pay Factor (Percent of Contract Unit Price) 96-100 90-95 75-90 55-74 Below55 400-100 PWL + 10 0.5PWL + 55 1.4PWL-12 Reject 2 1 AL THOUGH IT IS THEORETICALLY POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE A PAY FACTOR OF 106 PERCENT FOR EACH LOT, ACTUAL PAYMENT IN EXCESS OF 100 PERCENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 501-8.1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract unit price AND THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT WITHHELD FOR THE REJECTED LOT. For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100 percent for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100 percent. b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item P-501-8.1a 14" Reinforced Jointed Portland Cement Concrete Pavement-per square yard. Item P-501-8.2a 5" Portland Cement Concrete Pavement-per square yard. ASTM C 31 ASTM C39 ASTM C70 ASTM C78 ASTM C 131 ASTM C 136 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading) Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-24 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ASTM C 138 Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C 143 Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C 172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C 173 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C 17 4 Measuring Length of Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C 227 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C 231 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C 289 Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C 295 Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C 311 Sampling and Testing Fly Ash for Use as an Admixture in Portland Cement Con _crete ASTM C 535 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Large Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 566 Total Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction And Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation ASTM D 1260 Potential Alkali-Reactivity of Aggregate (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D 4791 Test Method for Flat or Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete ASTM A 184 ASTM A 185 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-25 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Conta inment Facility ASTM A497 ASTM A 615 ASTM A 616 ASTM A 617 ASTMA 704 ASTMA 714 ASTM C 33 ASTMC94 ASTM C 150 ASTM C 171 ASTM C260 ASTM C309 ASTM C494 ASTM C 595 ASTM C 618 ASTM C 881 ASTM C 989 ASTM D 1751 ASTM D 1752 Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Pavement Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Specification for Concrete Aggregates Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete Specification for Portland Cement Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding System for Concrete Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction AASHTO M 254 Specification for Coated Dowel Bars Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-26 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ACI 305R ACI 306R Hot Weather Concreting Cold Weather Concreting TT-P-644 (Rev. D) Federal Specification for Primer Coating, Alkyd, Corrosion-Inhibiting, Lead and Chromate Free, voe-Compliant END ITEM SP-P-501 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-501-27 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ITEM SP-P-605 JOINT SEALING FILLER DESCRIPTION 605-1.1 This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint sealing filler capable of effectively sealing joints and cracks in pavements. MATERIALS 605-2.1 JOINT SEALERS. Joint sealing materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3405. Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's -original sealed contained. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the safe heating temperature and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this specification. 605-2.2 LUBRICANT. Lubricant for installation of preformed joint seal shall be a one- component polychloroprene compound containing only soluble phenolic resins blended together with anti-oxidants and acid acceptors in aromatic hydrocarbon solvent mixture and shall meet the following requirements: Requirements Average weight per gallon, pounds 7 .8 Solids content, percent by weight 22-28 Film strength, psi 2,300 min. Elongation, percent 750 min. ASTM D1644, Method A D412 D412 Each shipment of lubricant shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the date of manufacture and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the lubricant meets the requirements of the specification. This lubricant shall be stored at a temperature between 50° F and 80° F and shall be used within 270 days of its manufacture. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 605-3.1 TIME OF APPLICATION. Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction equipment. The pavement temperature shall be above 50° F at the time of installation of the poured joint sealing material. 605-3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS. Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all laitance, curing compound, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting . Upon completion of cleaning, the joints shall be blown out With compressed air. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-605 -1 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility Prior to resealing joints, the existing joint material shall be removed to the depth as shown on the plans. If joint sealer other than that originally used is specified, all existing joint sealer shall be removed. 605-3.3 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS. Joints shall be inspected for proper width, depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is allowed. Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: Hot Poured Sealants. The joint sealant shall be applied uniformly solid from bottom to top and shall be filled without formation of entrapped air or voids. A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant material. The heating kettle shall be an indirect heating type, constructed as a double boiler. A positive temperature control and mechanical agitation shall be provided. The sealant shall not be heated to more than 20° F below the safe heating temperature. The safe heating temperature can be obtained from the manufacturer's shipping container. A direct connecting pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for insertion into the joint shall be provided. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement shall be removed immediately. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 605-4.1 Joint sealing material shall be measured by the linear foot (meter) of sealant in place, complete, and accepted. not be measured. BASIS OF PAYMENT 605-5.1 Payment for joint sealing material shall be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, delivering, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. No separate pay for joint sealing material or placement. Joint sealing shall be subsidiary to concrete paving . Payment will be made under: Item P 605 5.1 Item P 605 5.2 Item P 605 5.3 ASTM D 412 ASTM D 1644 ASTM D 1854 ASTM D 2628 Joint Sealing Filler per gallon Joint Sealing Filler per pound Preformed Sealer per linear foot TESTING REQUIREMENTS Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension Tests for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Jet-Fuel-Resistant Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-605-2 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility ASTM D 3405 ASTM D 3406 ASTM D 3569 ASTM D 3581 Fed. Spec. Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured , Elastomeric-Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements Joint Sealant, Hot-Poured, Elastometric, Jet-Fuel-Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements Joint Sealant, Hot-Poured , Jet-Fuel-Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete and Tar-Concrete Pavements Sealing Compounds, Two Component, Elastomeric, SS-S-200 Polymer Type, Jet-Fuel Resistant, Cold Applied END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-605-3 Rehabilitation of Taxiway Entrance to Fedex Facility and Deicing Containment Facility PART Ill • GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or --other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10D01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. FlW _Front_Ends 111-1 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal;· The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of the like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each c~se to the final determination of the owner. FlW _Front_Ends 111-2 - Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the ·contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item , or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, . floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AIP contracts, the term sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner. 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. FlW _Front_Ends 111-3 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the owner. 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-41 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-42 SU PERI NTEN DENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the owner covering: ( 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the Contractor. 10-45 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, arid specifications. 10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 FlW _Front_Ends 111-4 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). See Notice to Bidders at the beginning of these Contract Documents. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence offinancial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his/her (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is pre-qualified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the owner no later than 30 days prior to the specified date for opening bids. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the owner) at the time the owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c. Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner. d. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner. FTW _Front_Ends 111-5 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled AL TERA TION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her proposal on the forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the owner, or if the owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. FlW_Front_Ends 111-6 b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. d. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the owner. The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualifiedforanyofthe following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. FTW _Front_Ends 111-7 - SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 60 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the owner has made a comparison of bids as herein before specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the owner receives the contracts bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal FTW _Front_Ends 111-9 debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall complete t he execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances , and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner. END OF SECTION 30 FlW_Front_Ends 111-10 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion , in every, detail, of the work described . It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where , in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owne r and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITIED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the owner's best interest , omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance w ith t he subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK . Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. FlW _Front_Ends 111-11 When determined by the Engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement ( change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein , the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines , grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing F1W _Front_Ends 111-12 - structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. FTW _Front_Ends 111-13 40-08 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. END OF SECTION 40 FTW _Front_Ends 111-14 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the Contractor, and the rights of different Contractors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be FTW _Front_Ends Jll-15 complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulares; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulares; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulares. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. . 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the rightto contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. FTW _Front_Ends 111-16 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will product results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revol<e, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, FTW _Front_Ends 111-17 shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the sub~ection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures orto any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. · All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Engineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. FlW _Front_Ends 111-18 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at anytime during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the · owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. lffor any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding . On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, specifications or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. This provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. FlW _Front_Ends 111-19 Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in · grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; b. An itemization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes; d. A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract; and f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal which may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. If a change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgment such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The owner may require the Contractor to share in the owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor as a condition of considering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order which shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and FTW _Front_Ends 111-20 shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost-reduction proposal and performance of the cost-reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. END OF SECTION 50 FTW _Front_Ends 111-21 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed . equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: Emergency Generator 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made· by and at the expense of the owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at his/her request. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or FlW _Front_Ends 111-22 assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. F1W _Front_Ends 111-23 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. When specified and provided for as a contract item, the Contractor shall furnish a building for the exclusive use of the Engineer as a field office and field testing laboratory. The building shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the Contractor when the contract work is completed. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the owner. Owner- furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner-furnished material is used. After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner-furnished material. The owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 FTW _Front_Ends 111-24 SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FM or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FM, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United FlW _Front_Ends 111-25 Sates Government's (FAA's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport Improvement Act of 1982, as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authi:>rized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEAL TH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports . The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in FTW _Front_Ends 111-26 reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective· work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in FTW _Front_Ends 111-27 consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; · or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the 'Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be considered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below, as outlined in Part I Special Provisions and Part IV Owner's Supplemental Special Provisions and as shown on the plans: Work Item Days to Complete Work Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in FTW _Front_Ends 111-28 accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seedings, and soddings furnished under his/her contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control h is/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans-. It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion.the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the FlW_Front_Ends 111-29 notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONT ACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's · commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice herein above provided shall be cause for the Engineer to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The contract owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The owner will be responsibleforfurnishing all rights-of- way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the owner either personally or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs ~ith fuels, oils, bitumens, F1W _Front_Ends 111-30 chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Engineer order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 FTW _Front_Ends 111-31 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), FTW _Front_Ends 111-32 the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume · work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with FlW _Front_Ends 111-33 the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME . Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: · CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: a. No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Engineer for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. b. The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. c . The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. d. The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. FlW_Front_Ends 111-34 e. The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nonwork days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Engineer's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes notthefaultofthe Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final p_ayment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the owner of any of its rights under the contract.. FTW_Front_Ends 111-35 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason herein before, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the FTW _Front_Ends 111-36 construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be cons idered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses , (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will. be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed . END OF SECTION 80 FTW _F ront_Ends 111-37 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be. made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions . . Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will FTW _Front_Ends 111-38 be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon or ton. When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F ( 15 C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60 F ( 15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalt or ASTM D 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories . Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound. The use of spring balances will not be permitted. F1W _Front_Ends 111-39 Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. FlW _Front_Ends 111-40 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITIED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITIED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the, contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature and the amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. a. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. b. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. c. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. FTW _Front_Ends 111-41 Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically ·purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 5 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (95 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 5 percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his/her discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. FTW _Front_Ends 111-42 b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may requestthatthe owner accept (in lieu of the 5 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions. a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in _such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his/her objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor FTW _Front_Ends 111-43 and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final · estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. END OF SECTION 90 F1W _Front_Ends 111-44 SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM 100-1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. 100-2 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM. a. General Description . The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document which shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction , or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least ten (10) calendar days before the start of construction . FlW _Front_Ends 111-45 The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Quality control organization; Project progress schedule; Submittals schedule; Inspection requirements; Quality control testing plan; Documentation of quality control activities; and Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met. The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-3 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor's Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and ·testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be utilized for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: ( 1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (2) Engineer-in-training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. ( 4) Construction materials technician certified at Level 111 by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET}. FTW _Front_Ends 111-46 (5) Highway materials technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (6) Highway construction technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. For projects less than $5 million, The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem . For projects $5 million and over, the Program Administrator shall be located on site for the project duration unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07. Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. 100-4 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities . The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. FTW _Front_Ends 111-47 The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-5 SUBMITT ALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (e.g., mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number; b. Item description; c. Description of submittal; d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and e. Scheduled date of submittal. 100-6 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. 100·7 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: a. Specification item number (e.g., P-401 ); b. Item description (e.g., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements); c. Test type (e.g., gradation, grade, asphalt content); d. Test standard (e.g., ASTM or MSHTO test number, as applicable); FTW _Front_Ends 111 -48 e. Test frequency (e.g., as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated); f. Responsibility (e.g., plant technician); and g. Control requirements (e.g., target, permissible deviations). The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section 100-08. 100-8 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system which will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall document the following information: FTW _Front_Ends 111-49 (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Location; (3) Date of test; (4) Control requirements; (5) Test results; (6) Causes for rejection; (7) Recommended remedial actions; and (8) Retests. Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-9 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on-site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor's Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: FlW _Front_Ends 111-50 (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions is taken. END OF SECTION 100 FlW _Front_Ends 111-51 SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) 110·1 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for material to be sampled and tested on a statistical basis, the material will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically, using procedures to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. This concept, termed percent within limits (PWL), is a statistically based evaluation method, whereby the PWL is computed on a lot basis, using the average (X) and standard deviation (Sn) of the specified number (n) of sublet tests for the lot and the specification tolerance limits (L for lower and U for upper) for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index(s) {QL for Lower Quality Index and/or Ou for Upper Quality Index) is computed and the PWL for the specified n is determined from Table 1. 110-2 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing the PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the sampling position within the sublet in accordance with the random sampling requirements of the specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d. II e. II Average all sublet values within the lot to find X by using the following formula: X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + ... xn) / n Where: X = Average of all sublot values within a lot x1, x2 = Individual sublet values n = Number of sublets Find the standard deviation Sn by use of the following formula: Sn= [(d1 2 + d22 + d3 2 + ... dn 2) / n-1]112 Where: Sn = standard deviation of the number of sublet values in the set d1, d2 = deviations of the individual sublet values X1, X2 ... from the average value X FTW _Front_Ends 111-52 11 11 that is: d1 = (x1 -X), d2 = (xn -X) .. dn = (xn -X) n = number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (i.e., L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: II QL = (X -L) / Sn ,, Where: L = specification lower tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double sided specification limits (i.e. Land U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and Ou by use of the following formulas: II QL = (X -L) / Sn and au = (U -X) / Sn II Where: L and U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Ou, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: II PWL =(Pu+ PL) -100 Where: F1W _Front_Ends PL = percent within lower specification limit Pu = percent within upper specification limit 111-53 II EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 96.60 A-2 97.55 A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 n=4 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + .. xn) / n X = (96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 98.35) / 4 X = 97.95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn = [((96.60 -97.95)2 + (97.55 -97.95)2 + (99.30 -97.95)2 + (98.35 -97.95)2)) / (4 -1)]112 Sn= [(1.82 + 0.16 + 1.82 + 0.16) / 3]112 Sn= 1.15 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L = 96.3) OL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (97.95-96.30)/ 1.15 QL = 1.4384 5. Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.44 and n = 4. PWL= 98 FTW _Front_Ends 111-54 B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 5.00 A-2 3.74 A-3 2.30 A-4 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X = (x1 + x + x3 .. n) / n X = (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25) / 4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. Sn= [((3.57 -5.00)2 + (3.57 -3.74)2 + (3.57 -2.30)2 + (3.57 -3.25)2) / (4 -1 )]112 Sn = [(2.04 + 0.03 + 1.62 + 0.10 ) / 3]112 Sn=1.12 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L = 2.0) QL = (X-L) Sn QL = (3.57 -2.00) / 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.40 and n = 4. 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index Ou for the lot. (U= 5.0) Ou = (U -X) / Sn Ou= (5.00 -3.57) 11.12 Ou= 1.2702 7. Determine Pu by entering Table 1 with Ou= 1.27 and n = 4. 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL FTW_Front_Ends Pu= 93 PWL =(PL+ Pu) -100 PWL = (97 + 93) -100 = 90 111-55 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Positive Va lues of Q (QL and Ou) Limits(PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 99 1 .1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1 .9520 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1 .6661 1.6993 96 1 .1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 95 1 .1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4716 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 1 .3323 1.3461 1.3554 91 1.1089 1.2300 1 .2683 1 .2860 1.2964 1 .3032 90 1 .0982 1.2000 1.2290 1 .2419 1.2492 1.2541 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1 .2075 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1 191 1.1199 1.1204 86 1 .0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1 .0794 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1 .0399 84 1 .0119 1 .0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 83 0 .9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0 .9672 0.9643 82 0.9749 0 .9600 0 .9452 0.9367 0.9325 0.9281 81 0 .9550 0 .9300 0 .9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 80 0.9342 0.9000 0 .8799 0 .8690 0.8625 0.8583 79 0 .9124 0.8700 0 .8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 78 0.8897 0 .8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0 .7915 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0 .7716 0.7640 0.7590 76 0 .8417 0.7800 0 .7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0 .7089 0.7009 0.6958 74 0 .7904 0.7200 0 .6921 0 .6781 0.6701 0.6649 73 0.7636 0.6900 0 .6617 0 .6477 0.6396 0.6344 72 0 .7360 0 .6600 0 .6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 FTW _Front_Ends 111-56 Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits(PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 71 0 .7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5583 0.5504 0.5454 69 0 .6490 0.5700 0.5423 0 .5290 0.5213 0.5164 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4354 0.4310 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4031 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 63 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 59 0.3222 0 .2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 58 0.2872 0.2400 0 .2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0 .1855 56 0.2164 0 .1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0 .1592 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1408 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 53 0.1087 0 .0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0792 52 0 .0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0 .0528 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0.0272 0 .0267 0.0264 50 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 FlW_Front_Ends 111-57 Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits(PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0 .0264 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -0 .0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0792 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0 .1070 -0.1057 45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1408 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0 .1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1592 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 42 -0.2872 -0 .2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0 .2122 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 -0.3239 -0.3203 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0 .3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0 .3753 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4031 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4354 -0.4310 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 32 -0.6187 -0 .5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 31 -0.6490 -0 .5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0 .5719 -0.5583 -0.5504 -0.5454 29 -0.7077 -0 .6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0 .6316 -0 .6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0 .6649 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0 .7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0 .7846 -0.7716 -0 .7640 -0.7590 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0 .8036 -0 .7962 -0.7915 21 -0 .9124 -0.8700 -0 .8478 -0 .8360 -0 .8291 -0 .8245 FTW _Front_Ends 111-58 Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits(PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 20 -0.9342 -0 .9000 -0 .8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 19 -0 .9550 -0 .9300 -0 .9123 -0 .9025 -0 .8966 -0.8928 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0 .9367 -0.9325 -0.9281 17 -0.9939 -0 .9900 -0 .9785 -0.9715 -0 .9672 -0 .9643 16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1 .0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1 .0467 -1.0435 -1 .0413 -1.0399 14 -1.0448 -1 .0800 -1.0817 -1 .0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1 .1191 -1.1199 -1.1204 12 -1 .0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1 .1613 -1.1630 11 -1.0864 -1 .1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1 .2075 10 -1 .0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1 .2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 9 -1.1089 -1 .2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1 .3032 8 -1.1 184 -1 .2600 -1.3088 -1 .3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1 .3991 -1.4112 6 -1.1342 -1 .3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4716 5 -1 .1405 -1.3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1 .5871 -1.6127 3 -1 .1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 2 -1 .1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1 .6714 -1 .8008 -1.8888 -1 .9520 END OF SECTION 11 O F1W _Front_Ends 111-59 HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RA TES 2008 Air Tool Operator Asphalt Distributor Ooerator Asphalt Paving Machine Operator Asphalt Raker Asphalt Shoveler Batching Plant Weigher Broom or Sweeper Operator Bulldozer Operator Carpenter Concrete Finisher, Paving Concrete Finisher, Structures Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator Concrete Paving Finishing Machine Operator Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator Concrete paving Saw Operator Concrete Paving Spreader Operator Concrete Rubber Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator Electrician Flagger Form Builder/Setter, Structures Form Setter, Paving & Curb Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted Front End Loader Operator Laborer, Common Laborer, Utilitv Mechanic Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade Mixer Operator Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade Motor Grader Operator, Rough Oiler Painter, Structures Pavement Marking Machine Operator Pipe layer Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self-Propelled Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/Tamping Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement Scraper Operator Servicer Slip Form Machine Operator Spreader Box Operator Tractor Operator, Crawler Type Tractor Operator, Pneumatic Traveling Mixer Operator Truck Driver, Lowboy-Float Truck Driver, Single Axle, Heavy Truck Driver, Single Axle , Light Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi-Trailer Truck Driver, Transit-Mix Wagon Drill, Boring Machine , Post Hole Driller Operator Welder Work Zone Barricade Servicer $10.06 $13.99 $12.78 $11.01 $ 8.80 $14.15 $ 9.88 $13.22 $12.80 $12.85 $13 .27 $12 .00 $13 .63 $12.50 $13.56 $14 .50 $10.61 $14.12 $18 .12 $ 8.43 $11.63 $11.83 $13.67 $16.30 $12.62 $ 9.18 $10 .65 $16.97 $11.83 $11.58 $15.20 $14.50 $14.98 $13.17 $10.04 $11.04 $14.86 $16.29 $11.07 $10.92 $11.28 $11.42 $12.32 $12.33 $10.92 $12.60 $12 .91 $12.03 $14.93 $11.47 $10.91 $11 .75 $12 .08 $14 .00 $13.57 $10.09 Classification AC Mechanic AC Mechanic Helper Acoustical Ceiling Mechan ic Br icklayer/Stone Mason Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper Carpenter Carpenter Helper Concrete Finisher Concrete Form Builder Drywall Mechanic Drvwall Helper Drywall Taper Drvwall Taper Helper Electrician (Journeyman) Electrician Helper Electronic Technic i an Electronic Technician Helper Floor Layer (Resilient) Floor Layer Helper Glazier Glazier Helper Insulator Insulator Heloer Laborer Common Laborer Skilled Lather Painter Painter Helper Pipefitter Pipefitter Helper Plasterer Plasterer Helper 2008 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY Hrly Rate Classification $21.69 Plumber $12 .00 Plumbe r Helper $15 .24 Reinforcing Steel Setter $19 .12 Roofer $10.10 Roofer Helper $16.23 Sheet Metal Worker $11.91 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $13.49 Sprinkler System Installer $13.12 Sprinkler Svstem Installer Helper $14,62 Steel Worker Structural $10.91 Concrete Pump Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derr ick, D'Line $13 .00 Shovel $9.00 Forklift $20.20 Front End Loader $14.43 Truck Driver $19.86 Welder $12.00 Welder Helper $20.00 $13.00 $18.00 $13.00 $14.78 $11.25 $10.27 $13.18 $16.10 $14.83 $8 .00 $18.85 $12.83 $17.25 $12.25 Hrly Rate $20.43 $14 .90 $10.00 $14 .00 $10.00 $16.96 $12. 31 $18.00 $9.00 $17.43 $20.50 $17.76 $12 .63 $10.50 $14.91 $16 .06 $9.75 PARTD CERTIFICATE OF INSURANC E TO : CITY OF FORT WORTH Date~ NAME OF PROJECT : PaYe m e nt ImproYe m e nts at Fort Worth M eacham Inte rnational Airport PROJECT NUMBER: PE4 0 54 1200055 11 01 JS TO C ERTIFY THAT : Mc Clendon Cons truc ti on Co., Inc. is , at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described , for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described . E xceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker 's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury : Liability Insurance (Public Ea. Occurrence: $ Liability) Property Damage : Ea. Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea . Occurrence : $ Collapse of Bui lding or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence: $ --- excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence: $ Bui lder 's Risk Comprehensive Bodi ly Injury : Automobile Liability Ea. Person: $ Ea. Occurrence : $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence : $ Bodily Injury : Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence : $ Property Damage : Ea . Occurrence: $ Other Locations covered : ----------------------------------- Des c rip ti on of operations covered :----------------------------- The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) da ys after the insured has received written notice of s uch change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) da ys actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain s uch special requirements , either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached . The City, its officers , employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor 's insurance policies excepting employer 's liability insurance coverage under Con tractor 's workers ' compensation in surance policy. A enc Insurance Company: ___________ _ ~F=ort~W~orth~~A~g~e=n~t~~~~~~~~~~~~~ By __________________ _ Address _________________ _ Title ------------------ CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C .A. Labor Code §406 .96 (2000), as amended , Contractor certifies that it provides workers ' compensation in surance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No .6078 and City of Fort Worth Project No . PE40 5412000551101 STA TE OF TEXAS COUN TY OF TARRANT § § § CONTRACTOR McCI n Construction Co. By :~'.l.,.,C..--=--=--=~=...::::...!:~"'-::::.._ Name: DAN McCLENOON, PRESIDENT Title : ----------- Da t e : ---=3..L-C/3"'-'-/...L-"/(B'-'----- Before me, the undersigned authority, o n th is day pe rsonally appeared Da.b MCCJendon , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of McClendon Construction Co., Inc. for the purposes and cons ideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated . Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this -3.l.=" day of March , 20 Qq JULIANNI L1W11 ; My Comm1111on lxplrea Ap,11 21. 2011 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 8215-46-10 THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OFT ARRANT § That we (I) McClendon Construction Company. Inc. as Principal herein, and (2) Vigilant Insurance Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of(3) New York , and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth , a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of: Two Hundred Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Forty-eight and no/100 ................................................................ .. ($213,648.00) Dollars for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves , our heirs , executors , administrators, successors and assigns , jointly and severally, firmly by these presents . WHEREAS , Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Obligee dated the 7th Apd J , 2009 a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, for the construction of: Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport of NOW THEREFORE , the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principle shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal 's default , and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default , then thi s obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code , as amended , and all liabilities on thi s bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions o f such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized repre sentative s o f the Principal and the Surety ha ve executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this -2!.._hof_A..;_p_r_i_l ____ __._=20:;..;;0~9. (SEAL) Witness as to Principal ATTEST: (SEAL) Address (Surety) Secretary rety Jennifer R. Borock rt Worth Texas 76124 ddress) PRIN BY :._v~~~~&....-~--'=k:.~~~---, Title: Dan McClendon, President PO Box 999 Burleson, TX 76097 NOTE : (Address) (5) prior to date of Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) Correct name of Sur~ty (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached' to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. I ' . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OFT ARRANT § § PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 8215-46-10 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : That we, (1) McClendon Construction Company. Inc., as Principal herein , and (2) Vigilant Insurance Company , a corporation organized and exi sting under the laws of the State of (3) New York , as surety , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth , a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties , Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of Two Hundred Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Forty-eight and no/100 .................................................. Dollars ($213,648.00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs , executors, administrators , successors and assigns , jointly and severally, firmly by these presents : WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the 7 th:iay of April , 2009, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise , to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute , to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein . IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this --l..th. day of, -A.....,p .. r .. i .. 1------2009 . I I I I I I I I I I I I McClendon Construction Company, Inc. PRIN~ By~- Name: Dan McClendon Title : President Address: PO Box 999 Burleson, TX 76097 ~AL) Witness as to Principal ATTEST: Secretary (SE AL) NOTE: (1) (2) (3) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Surety. State of incorporation of Surety Address: 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 3400 Dallas, Texas 75201 Telephone Number: 214-754-0777 Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Po wer of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. I I I I I I I I I I I I MAINTENANCE BOND Bond No. 8215-46-10 THE ST ATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OFT ARRANT § That McClendon Construction Company, Inc. ("Contractor''), as principal , and Vigilant Insurance Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York , ("Surety"), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas , ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas, the sum of Two Hundred Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Forty-eight and no/100 ............................................................................................................ Dollars ($213,648.00), lawful money of the United States , for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors , said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves , their heirs, executors , administrators , assigns and successors , jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the 7th of April , 2009, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements: Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) PE40 5412000551101 and said contract , including all of the specifications , conditions , addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and being made a part hereof; and, WHEREAS , in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City ; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work m good repalf and condition for said term of Two (2) years; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering , it be necessary; and , I I I I I I I I I I I I I WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon rece1vmg notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise, this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 10 counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, this 7th day of_A...,p1.1.r .... 1 ..... 1..__ _____ , A.D. 2009 . ATTEST: (SE AL) 4A1LA Secretary~, ATTEST: (SE AL) Secretary I \ J McClendon Construction Company, Inc. Contra{) By {l;t'ld_UC(U? Name: Dan McClendon Title: President 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 3400 Dallas, Texas 75201 Address > Policyholder Information Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Chubb's toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at 1-800-36-CHUBB You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies , coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX# (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi .state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi .state .tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Form 99 -10-0299 (Rev. 1-08) AV/SO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informaci6n o para someter una queJa: Usted puede Hamar al numero de telefono gratis de Chubb's para informaci6n o para someter una queja al 1-800-36-CHUBB Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informaci6n acerca de compafifas, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX# (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.u s E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi .state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente primero. Si no se resueve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AV/SO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para prop6sito de informaci6n y no se convierte en parte o condici6n del documento adjunto. CHUBB Chubb Surety POWER OF ATTORNEY Federal Insurance Company Vigilant Insurance Company Pacific Indemnity Company Attn: Surety Department 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Know All by These Presents , That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporat ion , and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation , do each hereby constitute and appoint Kyle W. Sweeney, Charles D . Sweeney and Michael A . Sweeney of Fort Worth, Texas--------------------- each .as the ir true and lawful Att orn ey-in -Fa c t to execute unde r such designation in th eir name s and to affi x the ir corpo rate se al s to and de live r fo r and on the ir behal f as surety th ereon or otherwise, bonds and underta ki ng s and oth er writing s o bl igatory in th e nature th ereof (oth er tha n ball bonds) giv en or ex ec ute d in the co urse of bu si ne ss, and any in strument s amending or altering the sa me , and con se nts to the modif ication or alt erati on of any instrum ent re ferred to in sa id bond s or o bligation s . In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have eac h execute d and atte sted "U;'~4"" oo ,or '"'~,.~,~/ C i<ennethC.Wendel,Assistant Secretary . STATE OF NEW JERSEY ss . County of Somerset On this 13th day of August, 2008 before me, a Notary Public of New Je rse y, pe rs onally came Kenn eth C . Wendel, to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney , and the said Kenneth C . Wendel, bei ng by me duly sworn , did depose and say that he Is As sistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY , and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPAN Y and knows the corporate se als thereof, that the seals affixed to the forego ing Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by authority of th e By-Laws of said Companies ; and that he signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of sa id Companies by like authority; and that he Is acquainted with David B . Norris, Jr., and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies ; and that the signature of David B. Norris, Jr., subscribed to said Power of Attorney Is in the genuine handwriting of David B. Norris , Jr., and wa s thereto subscribed by authority of said ~y- Laws and In deponent's pre sence . Notarial Seal KATHERINE KALBACHER NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY No. 2316685 Commission Expires July 8, 2009 CERTIFICATION AL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPAN Y : Notary Public "All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed In the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chalrma11.or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, Jointly with the Secretary or an Ass istant Secretary, unde r their re spective designations . The signature of such officers may be engraved , printed or lithographed. The sign ature of each of the following officers: Chairman , Pres ident , any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by fac sim ile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Ass istant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature the reof , and any such power of atto rney or certifi ca te bea ring such facsimil e signature or fa cs im il e seal shall be val id and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and cert ifi ed by such facsimile signature and fa csi mile se al shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertak ing to wh ich It is attached." · t, Kenneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPAN Y , VIGILANT IN SURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the "Companies") do hereby certify that (i) the foregoing extract of th e By-Laws of the Companies is true and corre ct, (ii) the Compan ies are duly licensed and authori zed to transact surety busi ness in all 50 of the United States of America and the Dist rict of Columbia and are authorized by the U .S. Treasury Department ; further, Federal and Vigila nt are li ce nse d in Pu e rto Rico a nd th e U .S. Virg in Is lands, and Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Ed wa rd Island ; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true , correct and in full force and effect. Given under my hand and seals of said Compan ies at Warren , NJ t his , 2009 IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM , VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATIER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE . OR BY Telephone (908) 903-3493 Fax (908) 903 -3656 e-mail : suretv@chubb .com Fonn 15-10-0225B-U (Ed . 5-03) CONSENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT CITY OF FORT WORTH. TEXA~ CONTRACT KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS This agreement made and entered into this the .1.tli day of April A.O., 2009, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County , Texas , organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on the I Ith day of December, A .O . 1924 , under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule " provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of said city , and the City of Fort Worth being hereinafter termed Owner, McClendon Construction Co., Inc., HEREINAFTER CALLED Contractor. WITNESS ETH : That said parties have agreed as follows: I. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith , the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows : Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport 2. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools , appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents prepared by the Department of Engineering for the Transportation and Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein . 3. The Contractor hereb y agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said wo rk within ten ( L 0) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth . 4. The Contractor hereb y agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to full y complete and finish the same read y for the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of 30 calendar days. -· · OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from an y monies due or which ma y thereafter become due him , the sum of $210 Per working day , not as a penalty but as liquidated damages , the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency . 5. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fi x ed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans , Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 6 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City 's engineer and architect , and their personnel at the project site for Contractor 's sole negligence . In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers , servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss , property damage , personal injury, including death , arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers , agents , employees , subcontractors, licensees or invitees , whether or not anv such iniury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, bv the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers , servants and employees and any damage , loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not anv such iniury or damage is caused in whole or in part bv the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees .. ln the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor 's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier . The Director may , if he deems it appropriate , refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract , 7. The Contractor agrees , on the execution of this Contract, and before beginning work , to make , execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the work, such bonds being as p eqttt'l'OO--t Articl e 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas , as amended in the form i cl de , i th G o l}l~~~ , .-C CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX Documents. and such bonds shall be for l 00 percent of the total contract price , and said surety shall be a surety company duly and legall y authorized to do business in the State of Texas , and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. 8. Said City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work , and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom , the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/excluding) alternates n/a, shall be Two Hundred Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Forty-eight and no/100 .................................................................................................................... Dollars, ($213,648.00). 9. It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone e ls e by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of the Department of Engineering . 10 . The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth , Texas , a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. l l. It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with references to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same . IN WITNESS THEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in 4 counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the Cit y of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in. 4 counterparts with its corporate seal attached . Done in Fort Worth , Texas, this the 7th day of_AP_R_l..._L ___ __._, A.O., 20 09. OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX APPROVAL RECOMMENDED : DIRECTOR, AVIATION DEPT. ATTEST: McClendon Construction Co., Inc. PO Box 999 TITLE Novemb e r 1960 Rev is ed May 19 86 Revised Seutember 1992 CITY OF FORT WORTH ins.STCITYMANAGER CITY SECRET ARY (SE AL) Contract Authori zatioa 4/1101 ' Date APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX • PARTF PARTG CITY OF FORT WORTH CONSTRUCTION SERVICES LABORATORY RESULTS FOR TEST HOLE AND PLASTICITY INDEX Project: Ft. Worth Meacham International Airport DOE No: Fund Code: HOLE# 1 LAB N0:102613 LOCATION: Taxiway Charlie S/4 Runway 2.75" HMAC 6.00" Lt. Sandy clay, rocks & Gravel 5.00" Brown clay w/rocks & gravel 7.00" Dark brown sandy clay ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: PL: PI: SHRKG: o~ • 0 MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 10 Yr. UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT HOLE# 2 LAB NO: 102614 LOCATION: Ol.d Runway N/4 Of Hanger Building 7.25" Concrete 5.00" Lt. sandy clay w/rocks & 6.00" Brown sandy clay w/Rocks 6.00" Dark brown clay w/rocks ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: PL: MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 10 Yr. UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT Approval: ~ (/ / ~4 -/-~Jeri ,· / Requested by: Sahu Gopal Tested by: Soil Lab PI: & gravel & gravel gravel SHRKG: o~ • 0 Routing: Superintendent Inspector File l ~ t .5+61.70 W.Tt:H DOSf. a.. en.o i;{ I ~ ----· · ... ... ,.,.. ... VICINITY MAP N.T.S. " )2 ~-fo.x> .. " ·"\<>< .)\,-T ,<. ,' 'l ··,/ JOINT PAliERN (TYP) N.T.S. LEGEND DENOTES ASPHALT PAVING DENOTES EXIST. CONCRCTE PAVING BLOCl, ,., MEACILUl AIRPORT ADDffiON · CABINET A, SLIDE 24-45, P.R.,T.C.,T. HANGAR IDS ---DENOTES CONTRACTION JOINT WITH DOWELS --------DENOTES CONTRACTION JOINT W/TIE BARS ·.·. ec.P.f2 'I, [XISTING ASPHAL..l ~ " " .· .. · ·.·' . ·:·.:re ·-· " " TOP• 174.00 " " " " . ·. ·1 ·· '., ..... ,. ' I ---DENOTES GROOVE JOINTS l-l-l--l--l-<H--I--I-H++-H-+-l-HH-+-1-H++-H-+-l-+-iH-++-IH++-H ~.!::'I 1·-4· \'Un'. I ~ DENOTES THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT 680 675 670 ~ . "' e--... I 665 GRAPHIC SCALE IN ,EET J+OO '"",r. c,•- 4+00 680 ·"' 675 670 • I' II 665 5+00 6+00 BORE N0.1 .. . ',·, , ..... : : ', ·.1 < '\ 1, H H8175e..)4 2. N IN1J.41.JJ H IN 7ll.90 4, H 1981517,94 1" 40 ' FORT WORTH MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PLAN AND PROFILE FOR TAAIWAY AND APRON IMPROVEMENTS AT TAA IWAY "C" PAVING &: GRADING PLAN 1nlu,porta o.a aa Pub.llc lrol'. Depu(meat Stun[ mmtoa nm J2:ll.::2L Dllffl st: J£:_ CBICDD BY:~ l'tLI l«I.~ M&C R eview Page 1 of 1 Official site of the City of Fort Worth, Texas CITY COUNCIL AGENDA f ORT\VO RTH ~- COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 12/8/2009 DATE: 121812009 REFERENCE NO.: CODE: C TYPE: **C-23947 LOG NAME: CONSENT PUBLIC HEARING: 55FTW RESCIND CONTRACT TWYC 9S NO SUBJECT: Resc i nd Contract No . 38666 with Mcclendon Construction Company , Inc., in the Amount of $213 ,648.00 Previously Authorized by M&C C-23432 for Pavement Improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council resc ind C ity Secretary Con tract No . 38666 with McClendon Construction Company , Inc., in the amount of $213 ,648 .00 previously authorized by (M&C C-23432) for pavement improvements at Fort Worth Meacham Interna ti o nal Airport . DISCUSSION: On April 7 , 2009 , the City Coun ci l approved (M&C C-23432) authorizing a contract with Mcclendon Construction Company , Inc., for pavement improvements at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport . After execution of the contract but before work started , Aviation staff identified a need to improve additional adjacent pavement. Adding the adjacent area to the con tract would increase the scope and fees by more than 25 percent of the original contract amount. Therefore , Aviation staff seeks to rescind and rebid the previously authorized contract. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certi fi es that this action will have no material effect on Ci ty funds. TO Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: ATTACHMENTS FROM Fund/Account/Centers Fernando Costa (6122) KentPenney (5403) Ruseena Johnson (5407) http://apps.cfwnet.org/co un c il _packet/mc _review .as p ?I D = 12727 &coun ci l d ate= 12 /8/2009 12/9/2009 Tidwell, Allison From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Ramsey , Amy Fri day , December 04, 2009 10 :24 AM T idwell , A lli son Sanders , C ha rlene RE : Ques ti on Follow Up Flag: Follow up Due By: Wednes day , Dece m be r 09 , 2009 7 :30 AM Flag Status : Re d A lli son, Yes . After Council officially resc ind s the contract next week , you can return all bonds. Amy J. Ramsey Assistant City Attorney City of Fort Worth 817-392-7617 amy.ramse~fortwo~Q!K Page 1 of 3 This message and all attachments are confidential and are intended solely for the use by the individual or entity to which they are addressed. This communication may contain material protected by the attorney-client privilege . Any review, use , distribution, forwarding , printing or copying by persons other than the intended recipients is strictly prohibited. If you believe this email was sent to you in error, please notify the sender by replying to this transmission or by calling Amy Ramsey at 817-392-7617 and delete this message or any copy. Unless expressly stated in this email, nothing in the message should be construed as a digital or electronic signature . From: Sanders, Charlene Sent: Fr iday, December 04, 2009 8:57 AM To: Ramsey , Amy Cc: Tidwell , All ison Subject: FW: Question Amy , s ince this is a construction question, I think it is yours. [I do n't know any t hing about pe rformance or mainte nance bonds .] Charlene Sanders Assistant City Attorney 817 .392.7611 voice 817 .392 .8359 fax Charlene . Sanders@fortworthgov.org T hi s email and a ny files t ransm itted w ith it are confidential and are intended solely for the use of t he ind iv idual or e nt it y to wh ich they are addressed . This co mm un icat ion may con ta in material protected by the attorney-cl ien t priv il ege . If you are not the intended recip ient or the pe rson responsible for delivering the email to t he intended recip ien t, be adv ised that you have rece ived th is ema il in erro r and t ha t any use , d isseminat ion , forward ing , print ing , or copy ing of t h is email is str ictly proh ibited . If you have received th is ema il in error , please immed iat ely not ify Ch a rlene Sanders , City of Fort Wo rth , C ity Attorney 's Office , (8 17 ) 392-7600 and delete t his message or any copy . Unless expressly sta ted in th is e ma il, noth ing in th is message should be construed as a d ig ital or electronic s ignature . 12 /9/2009 From: Tidwell, Allison Sent: Thursday, December 03, 2009 3:05 PM To: Sanders, Charlene Subject: FW: Question Charlene , Page 2 of 3 I have a question about a contract that is being rescinded at the December 3th Council meeting. As you can see below , Aya Ealy emailed me and asked me ifl could return the original payment bond to her so that the City would not have to pay a fee. I asked Marty and she said that it would be OK since it was being rescinded . Well , when Aya emailed me back, she also requested the performance and maintenance bonds. Is it OK to release all of the documents she is requesting and put copies in with the original contract? Admin istrative/Records Technician Cit y Secretary's Office Phone: (817) 392 -609 0 Fax: (817) 392-6196 www.fortwor thg ov.org/cs ec "Individually, we are one drop . Together, we arti an ocean. " -Ryunosuke Satoro From: Ealy, Aya Sent: Monday, November 30, 2009 1:49 PM To: Tidwell, Allison Subject: RE: Question Thank you . The contract number is 38666. We w i ll need the o r iginal performa nce, payment and m aintenance bonds. A y«n JE.nlly From: Tidwell, Allison Sent: Monday, November 30, 2009 1:31 PM To: Ealy, Aya Subject: RE: Question Aya, We can release the original payment bond. Adminis t rative/Records Technician City Secretary's Office Phone: (817) 392-6090 Fax: (8 17) 392-6196 12 /9/2009 www .fortworthgov.org/csec "b1divirlual(v, we are one drop. Together, we are an ocean ." -Ryunosuke Satoro From: Ealy, Aya Sent: Monday, November 30, 2009 12:36 PM To: Tidwell, Allison Subject: Question P age 3 of 3 We an M&C to rescind a contract on the Dec . 3th agenda. We told the company that we were willing to pay for any expenses that they may have incurred for this project. One of them is for the payment bond . They told us if we could return back all the original payment bonds then we they will not charge us for this expense . I know that the original document is filed with your department. Is it possible that once the contract is rescinded that we can receive this document back? Thanks , Ayai JE.a ly City of f"Ort Worth Aviation Department 817-39Z..54o6 Phone 817-39Z..5413 Fax 12 /9/2009 Tidwell, Allison From: Sent: To: Subject: Ealy, Aya Monday , November 30 , 2009 1 :49 PM Tidwell , Allison RE : Question Follow Up Flag: Follow up Due By: Flag Status: Thank you . Wednesday , December 09 , 2009 7 :30 AM Red The contract number is 3 8666 . We w ill need the original performa nce, payment and maintenance bonds. Ay.ai JE.ailly From: Tidwell, Allison Sent: Monday, November 30, 2009 1:31 PM To: Ealy, Aya Subject: RE: Question Aya, We can release the original payment bond. Administrative/Records Technician City Secretary's Office Phone: (817) 392-6090 Fax: (817) 392-6196 www.fortworthgov.org/csec "Indivitlual(v. we are one drop. Together, we are t111 ocean." -Ryunosuke Satoro From: Ealy, Aya Sent: Monday, November 30, 2009 12:36 PM To: Tidwell, Allison Subject: Question Page 1 of2 We an M&C to rescind a contract on the Dec . 81h agenda. We told the company that we were willing to pay for any expenses that they may have incurred for this project. One of them is for the payment bond . They told us if we could return back all the original payment bonds then we they will not charge us for this expense . I know that the original document is filed with your department. Is it possible that once the contract is rescinded that we can receive this document back? Thanks , Ay.ai IE.a,ly City of Fort Worth 12 /9/2009 A via ti.on Depart1nent 817-39Z-54o6 Phone 817-392-5413 Fax 12/9/2009 Page 2 of2